Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
+Table 10.2. Browse subnet example 2 Subnet | Browse Master | List |
---|
Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) | Subnet2 | N2_B | N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*),
N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*) | Subnet3 | N3_D | N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D |
@@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on
subnet 2. After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa
the browse lists look like.
- Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3 Subnet | Browse Master | List |
---|
Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
+Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3 Subnet | Browse Master | List |
---|
Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*) | Subnet2 | N2_B | N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*),
N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*) | Subnet3 | N3_D | N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*),
N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) |
@@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will receive the missing
server entries. Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines
are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like :
- Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4 Subnet | Browse Master | List |
---|
Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
+Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4 Subnet | Browse Master | List |
---|
Subnet1 | N1_C | N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*),
N3_C(*), N3_D(*) | Subnet2 | N2_B | N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*),
N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*),
@@ -3025,11 +3025,11 @@ If either router R1 or R2 fails the following will occur:
be able to access servers on its local subnet, by using subnet-isolated
broadcast NetBIOS name resolution. The effects are similar to that of
losing access to a DNS server.
-
Many questions are asked on the mailing lists regarding browsing. The majority of browsing
problems originate out of incorrect configuration of NetBIOS name resolution. Some are of
particular note.
- How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
+ How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?
Samba's nmbd process controls all browse list handling. Under normal circumstances it is
safe to restart nmbd. This will effectively flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache and cause it
to be rebuilt. Note that this does NOT make certain that a rogue machine name will not re-appear
@@ -3039,14 +3039,14 @@ want to clear a rogue machine from the list then every machine on the network wi
shut down and restarted at after all machines are down. Failing a complete restart, the only
other thing you can do is wait until the entry times out and is then flushed from the list.
This may take a long time on some networks (months).
- My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
+ My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"
Your guest account is probably invalid for some reason. Samba uses the
guest account for browsing in smbd. Check that your guest account is
valid.
- See also guest account in the smb.conf man page. I get an Unable to browse the network errorThis error can have multiple causes: I get an Unable to browse the network errorThis error can have multiple causes: There is no local master browser. Configure nmbd
or any other machine to serve as local master browser. You can not log onto the machine that is the local master
browser. Can you logon to it as guest user? There is no IP connectivity to the local master browser.
- Can you reach it by broadcast?
Chapter 11. Account Information Databases
+ Can you reach it by broadcast? Chapter 11. Account Information Databases
Samba 3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends.
The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba 3 a degree of flexibility
and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory.
@@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ In the course of development of Samba-3, a number of requests were received to p
ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide
matching UNIX/Linux accounts. We called this the Non UNIX Accounts (NUA)
capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the tdbsam
-backend and by simply specifying passdb backend = tdbsam_nua
+backend and by simply specifying passdb backend = tdbsam_nua
this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use UNIX accounts per se. Late
in the development cycle, the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this
solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT
@@ -3065,10 +3065,10 @@ SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the
Note
Samba-3 does NOT support Non-UNIX Account (NUA) operation for user accounts.
Samba-3 does support NUA operation for machine accounts.
-
Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functionality
as follows:
- Backwards Compatibility Backends- Plain Text:
+ Backwards Compatibility Backends- Plain Text:
This option uses nothing but the UNIX/Linux /etc/passwd
style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with
@@ -3091,7 +3091,7 @@ as follows:
This option is provided primarily as a migration tool, although there is
no reason to force migration at this time. Note that this tool will eventually
be deprecated.
-
Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
- tdbsam:
This backend provides a rich database backend for local servers. This
@@ -3135,7 +3135,7 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
The xmlsam option can be useful for account migration between database
backends or backups. Use of this tool will allow the data to be edited before migration
into another backend format.
-
Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. Samba can check these
passwords by crypting them and comparing them to the hash stored in the unix user database.
@@ -3150,10 +3150,10 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each
user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from,
the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this
- information using a passdb backend. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text
+ information using a passdb backend. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text
file, MySQL and nisplus. For more information, see the man page for smb.conf regarding the
- passdb backend parameter.
- Important Notes About Security
+ passdb backend parameter.
+ Important Notes About Security
The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar on the surface. This
similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix scheme typically sends clear text
passwords over the network when logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
(broken) only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server to
affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted passwords the
auto-reconnect will fail. USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS IS STRONGLY ADVISED.
- Advantages of Encrypted PasswordsMapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
+ isn't such a big deal. Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
Every operation in UNIX/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in
MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides
two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a UNIX/Linux UID.
Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Manager database) accounts require
a UNIX/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account
- information database, Samba will call the add user script
+ information database, Samba will call the add user script
interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence all accounts in
the local SAM require a local user account.
@@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ called smbpasswd and pdbedit. A th
development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK
GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will
be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
-
+
The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the passwd
or yppasswd programs. It maintains the two 32 byte password
fields in the passdb backend.
@@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
For more details on using smbpasswd refer to the man page (the
definitive reference).
-
pdbedit is a tool that can be used only by root. It is used to
manage the passdb backend. pdbedit can be used to:
@@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
old smbpasswd database to a tdbsam
backend:
- Set the passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd.
+ Set the passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd.
Execute:
@@ -3340,7 +3340,7 @@ Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
Now remove the smbpasswd from the passdb backend
configuration in smb.conf.
-
Samba offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server
technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this
capability.
@@ -3349,15 +3349,15 @@ It is possible to specify not only multiple different password backends, but eve
backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb |
-
+
Older versions of Samba retrieved user information from the unix user database
and eventually some other fields from the file /etc/samba/smbpasswd
or /etc/smbpasswd. When password encryption is disabled, no
SMB specific data is stored at all. Instead all operations are conducted via the way
that the Samba host OS will access its /etc/passwd database.
eg: On Linux systems that is done via PAM.
- smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
- Traditionally, when configuring encrypt passwords = yes in Samba's smb.conf file, user account
+ smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database
+ Traditionally, when configuring encrypt passwords = yes in Samba's smb.conf file, user account
information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account
flags have been stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. There are several
disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted
@@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
Samba provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies
of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam.
Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites.
- Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database).
+ Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database).
Using this backend doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is
recommended for new installations that do not require LDAP.
@@ -3394,7 +3394,7 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
that have 250 or more users. Additionally, tdbsam is not capable of scaling for use
in sites that require PDB/BDC implementations that requires replication of the account
database. Clearly, for reason of scalability, the use of ldapsam should be encouraged.
-
There are a few points to stress that the ldapsam does not provide. The LDAP
support referred to in the this documentation does not include:
A means of retrieving user account information from
@@ -3422,12 +3422,12 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
The LDAP ldapsam code has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 and 2.1 server and
client libraries. The same code should work with Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK.
However, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix.
Please submit fixes via Bug reporting facility.
- Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount
+ Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount
Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in
examples/LDAP/samba.schema. The sambaSamAccount objectclass is given here:
@@ -3464,7 +3464,7 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.6 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to
store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account
information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure.
-
To include support for the sambaSamAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory
server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory.
The samba.schema file can be found in the directory examples/LDAP
@@ -3533,7 +3533,7 @@ index default sub
root# /etc/init.d/slapd restart
- Initialise the LDAP database
+ Initialise the LDAP database
Before you can add accounts to the LDAP database you must create the account containers
that they will be stored in. The following LDIF file should be modified to match your
needs (ie: Your DNS entries, etc.).
@@ -3585,28 +3585,28 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
root# smbpasswd -w secret
-
The following parameters are available in smb.conf only if your
version of samba was built with LDAP support. Samba automatically builds with LDAP support if the
LDAP libraries are found.
LDAP related smb.conf options:
- passdb backend = ldapsam:url,
- ldap ssl,
- ldap admin dn,
- ldap suffix,
- ldap filter,
- ldap machine suffix,
- ldap user suffix,
- ldap delete dn,
- ldap passwd sync,
- ldap trust ids.
+ passdb backend = ldapsam:url,
+ ldap ssl,
+ ldap admin dn,
+ ldap suffix,
+ ldap filter,
+ ldap machine suffix,
+ ldap user suffix,
+ ldap delete dn,
+ ldap passwd sync,
+ ldap trust ids.
These are described in the smb.conf man
page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for
use with an LDAP directory could appear as
- Example 11.2. Configuration with LDAP | [global] | security = user | encrypt passwords = yes | netbios name = TASHTEGO | workgroup = NARNIA | # ldap related parameters | # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers | # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it | # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w secretpw' to store the | # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values | # change, this password will need to be reset. | ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" | # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory | # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default)) | ldap ssl = start tls | # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port] | passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org | # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry | ldap delete dn = no | # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix | # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default | ldap user suffix = ou=People | ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems | # Trust unix account information in LDAP | # (see the smb.conf manpage for details) | ldap trust ids = Yes | # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory | ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" | # generally the default ldap search filter is ok | ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))" |
- Accounts and Groups management
+ Example 11.2. Configuration with LDAP | [global] | security = user | encrypt passwords = yes | netbios name = TASHTEGO | workgroup = NARNIA | # ldap related parameters | # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers | # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it | # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w secretpw' to store the | # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values | # change, this password will need to be reset. | ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" | # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory | # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default)) | ldap ssl = start tls | # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port] | passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org | # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry | ldap delete dn = no | # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix | # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default | ldap user suffix = ou=People | ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems | # Trust unix account information in LDAP | # (see the smb.conf manpage for details) | ldap trust ids = Yes | # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory | ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" | # generally the default ldap search filter is ok | ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))" |
+ Accounts and Groups management
As users accounts are managed through the sambaSamAccount objectclass, you should
modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaSamAccount attributes.
@@ -3622,7 +3622,7 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
groups. This means that Samba makes use of the posixGroup objectclass.
For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local
groups).
- Security and sambaSamAccount
+ Security and sambaSamAccount
There are two important points to remember when discussing the security
of sambaSamAccount entries in the directory.
Never retrieve the lmPassword or
@@ -3633,13 +3633,13 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the
Account Information Database section of this chapter.
- To remedy the first security issue, the ldap ssl smb.conf parameter defaults
- to require an encrypted session (ldap ssl = on) using
+ To remedy the first security issue, the ldap ssl smb.conf parameter defaults
+ to require an encrypted session (ldap ssl = on) using
the default port of 636
when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP server, it
is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of
LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security
- (ldap ssl = off).
+ (ldap ssl = off).
Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS
extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for
@@ -3655,10 +3655,10 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org" write
by * none
-
LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts
+ LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts
The sambaSamAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes:
- Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP) sambaLMPassword | the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character
+ Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP) sambaLMPassword | the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character
representation of a hexadecimal string. | sambaNTPassword | the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character
representation of a hexadecimal string. | sambaPwdLastSet | The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the
sambaLMPassword and sambaNTPassword attributes were last set.
@@ -3670,10 +3670,10 @@ representation of a hexadecimal string. | | sambaLogonScript | The sambaLogonScript property specifies the path of
the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path
- is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the logon script parameter in the
+ is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the logon script parameter in the
smb.conf man page for more information. | sambaProfilePath | specifies a path to the user's profile.
This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the
- logon path parameter in the smb.conf man page for more information. | sambaHomePath | The sambaHomePath property specifies the path of
+ logon path parameter in the smb.conf man page for more information. | sambaHomePath | The sambaHomePath property specifies the path of
the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If sambaHomeDrive is set and specifies
a drive letter, sambaHomePath should be a UNC path. The path must be a network
UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string.
@@ -3689,15 +3689,15 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the sambaHomePath sambaLogonScript sambaProfilePath sambaHomeDrive
These attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if
the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been
- configured as a PDC and that logon home = \\%L\%u was defined in
+ configured as a PDC and that logon home = \\%L\%u was defined in
its smb.conf file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain,
- the logon home string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky.
+ the logon home string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky.
If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org",
this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value
- of the logon home parameter is used in its place. Samba
+ of the logon home parameter is used in its place. Samba
will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is
something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky).
- Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount
+ Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount
The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass:
@@ -3744,20 +3744,20 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the
+
Since version 3.0 samba can update the non-samba (LDAP) password stored with an account. When
using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once.
- The ldap passwd sync options can have the following values: - yes
When the user changes his password, update
+ The ldap passwd sync options can have the following values: - yes
When the user changes his password, update
ntPassword, lmPassword
- and the password fields. - no
Only update ntPassword and lmPassword. - only
Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry about the other fields. This option is only available on some LDAP servers. [3]
More information can be found in the smb.conf manpage.
-
+ and the password fields. noOnly update ntPassword and lmPassword. onlyOnly update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry about the other fields. This option is only available on some LDAP servers. [3] More information can be found in the smb.conf manpage.
+
Every so often someone will come along with a great new idea. Storing of user accounts in an
SQL backend is one of them. Those who want to do this are in the best position to know what the
specific benefits are to them. This may sound like a cop-out, but in truth we can not attempt
to document every nitty little detail why certain things of marginal utility to the bulk of
Samba users might make sense to the rest. In any case, the following instructions should help
the determined SQL user to implement a working system.
-
+
You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below
for the column names) or use the default table. The file examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump
contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command :
@@ -3766,29 +3766,29 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the $ mysql -uusername -hhostname -ppassword \
databasename < /path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump
- This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info: Add a the following to the passdb backend variable in your smb.conf:
+ This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info: Add a the following to the passdb backend variable in your smb.conf:
passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] |
The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with
the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you
- specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in passdb backend, you also need to
+ specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in passdb backend, you also need to
use different identifiers!
Additional options can be given through the smb.conf file in the [global] section.
- Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend Field | Contents |
---|
mysql host | host name, defaults to 'localhost' | mysql password | | mysql user | defaults to 'samba' | mysql database | defaults to 'samba' | mysql port | defaults to 3306 | table | Name of the table containing users |
+ Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend Field | Contents |
---|
mysql host | host name, defaults to 'localhost' | mysql password | | mysql user | defaults to 'samba' | mysql database | defaults to 'samba' | mysql port | defaults to 3306 | table | Name of the table containing users |
Warning
Since the password for the MySQL user is stored in the
smb.conf file, you should make the smb.conf file
readable only to the user that runs Samba This is considered a security
bug and will be fixed soon.
Names of the columns in this table (I've added column types those columns should have first):
- Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend Field | Type | Contents |
---|
logon time column | int(9) | | logoff time column | int(9) | | kickoff time column | int(9) | | pass last set time column | int(9) | | pass can change time column | int(9) | | pass must change time column | int(9) | | username column | varchar(255) | unix username | domain column | varchar(255) | NT domain user is part of | nt username column | varchar(255) | NT username | fullname column | varchar(255) | Full name of user | home dir column | varchar(255) | UNIX homedir path | dir drive column | varchar(2) | Directory drive path (eg: 'H:') | logon script column | varchar(255) | Batch file to run on client side when logging on | profile path column | varchar(255) | Path of profile | acct desc column | varchar(255) | Some ASCII NT user data | workstations column | varchar(255) | Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all) | unknown string column | varchar(255) | unknown string | munged dial column | varchar(255) | ? | user sid column | varchar(255) | NT user SID | group sid column | varchar(255) | NT group ID | lanman pass column | varchar(255) | encrypted lanman password | nt pass column | varchar(255) | encrypted nt passwd | plain pass column | varchar(255) | plaintext password | acct control column | int(9) | nt user data | unknown 3 column | int(9) | unknown | logon divs column | int(9) | ? | hours len column | int(9) | ? | unknown 5 column | int(9) | unknown | unknown 6 column | int(9) | unknown |
+ Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend Field | Type | Contents |
---|
logon time column | int(9) | | logoff time column | int(9) | | kickoff time column | int(9) | | pass last set time column | int(9) | | pass can change time column | int(9) | | pass must change time column | int(9) | | username column | varchar(255) | unix username | domain column | varchar(255) | NT domain user is part of | nt username column | varchar(255) | NT username | fullname column | varchar(255) | Full name of user | home dir column | varchar(255) | UNIX homedir path | dir drive column | varchar(2) | Directory drive path (eg: 'H:') | logon script column | varchar(255) | Batch file to run on client side when logging on | profile path column | varchar(255) | Path of profile | acct desc column | varchar(255) | Some ASCII NT user data | workstations column | varchar(255) | Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all) | unknown string column | varchar(255) | unknown string | munged dial column | varchar(255) | ? | user sid column | varchar(255) | NT user SID | group sid column | varchar(255) | NT group ID | lanman pass column | varchar(255) | encrypted lanman password | nt pass column | varchar(255) | encrypted nt passwd | plain pass column | varchar(255) | plaintext password | acct control column | int(9) | nt user data | unknown 3 column | int(9) | unknown | logon divs column | int(9) | ? | hours len column | int(9) | ? | unknown 5 column | int(9) | unknown | unknown 6 column | int(9) | unknown |
Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which
should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also
specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be
updated.
- Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password
+ Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password
I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them:
If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set
@@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the Getting non-column data from the table
+ Getting non-column data from the table
It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'.
For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to :
@@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the $ pdbedit -i xml:filename
- “I've installed samba, but now I can't log on with my unix account!” Make sure your user has been added to the current samba passdb backend. Read the section Account Management Tools for details. Users being added to wrong backend database
+ “I've installed samba, but now I can't log on with my unix account!” Make sure your user has been added to the current samba passdb backend. Read the section Account Management Tools for details. Users being added to wrong backend database
A few complaints have been received from users that just moved to Samba-3. The following
smb.conf file entries were causing problems, new accounts were being added to the old
smbpasswd file, not to the tdbsam passdb.tdb file:
@@ -3824,34 +3824,34 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the | [globals] | ... | passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd | ... | |
- auth methods does not work
- If you explicitly set an auth methods parameter, guest must be specified as the first
- entry on the line. Eg: auth methods = guest sam.
+ auth methods does not work
+ If you explicitly set an auth methods parameter, guest must be specified as the first
+ entry on the line. Eg: auth methods = guest sam.
- This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the passdb backend
+ This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the passdb backend
option, where it must be the LAST parameter on the line.
- Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
+ Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations
between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The groupmap subcommand
included with the net tool can be used to manage these associations.
Warning
The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that
-
+
the domain admin group has been removed and should no longer
be specified in smb.conf. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership
in the Domain Admins Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations
(in default configurations).
-
Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to
arbitrarily associate them with UNIX/Linux group accounts.
-
+
Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x / XP Professional MMC tools.
Appropriate interface scripts should be provided in smb.conf if it is desired that UNIX / Linux system
accounts should be automatically created when these tools are used. In the absence of these scripts, and
so long as winbind is running, Samba accounts group accounts that are created using these tools will be
- allocated UNIX UIDs/GIDs from the parameters set by the idmap uid/idmap gid settings
+ allocated UNIX UIDs/GIDs from the parameters set by the idmap uid/idmap gid settings
in the smb.conf file.
-
+
Administrators should be aware that where smb.conf group interface scripts make
direct calls to the UNIX/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, groupadd,
groupdel, groupmod) then the resulting UNIX/Linux group names will be subject
@@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the Engineering Managers will attempt to create an identically named
UNIX/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail!
-
+
There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One
method is to use a script that generates a name for the UNIX/Linux system group that
fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the UNIX/Linux group id (GID)
@@ -3868,13 +3868,13 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the net groupmap
tool to connect the two to each other.
-
When installing MS Windows NT4 / 200x on a computer, the installation
program creates default users and groups, notably the Administrators group,
and gives that group privileges necessary privileges to perform essential system tasks.
eg: Ability to change the date and time or to kill (or close) any process running on the
local machine.
-
+
The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits
'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the
'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'.
@@ -3899,12 +3899,12 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the
root# net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm
-
+
The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name.
Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).
Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators!
-
+
It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as
making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. For example, if you wanted to include a
UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a local file or printer on a domain member machine,
@@ -3919,7 +3919,7 @@ Refer to the logon home parameter in the
+
You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing
net groupmap list. Here is an example:
@@ -3932,13 +3932,13 @@ Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest
For complete details on net groupmap, refer to the net(8) man page.
-
Everyone needs tools. Some of us like to create our own, others prefer to use canned tools
(ie: prepared by someone else for general use).
- Sample smb.conf add group script
+ Sample smb.conf add group script
A script to create complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces:
- Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh
+Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh
#!/bin/bash
@@ -3958,7 +3958,7 @@ exit 0
The smb.conf entry for the above script would look like:
add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g |
- Script to configure Group Mapping
+ Script to configure Group Mapping
In our example we have created a UNIX/Linux group called ntadmin.
Our script will create the additional groups Orks, Elves, Gnomes:
@@ -3990,13 +3990,13 @@ net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes" unixgroup=Gnomes type=d
Of course it is expected that the administrator will modify this to suit local needs.
For information regarding the use of the net groupmap tool please
refer to the man page.
-
At this time there are many little surprises for the unwary administrator. In a real sense
it is imperative that every step of automated control scripts must be carefully tested
manually before putting them into active service.
-
+
This is a common problem when the groupadd is called directly
- by the Samba interface script for the add group script in
+ by the Samba interface script for the add group script in
the smb.conf file.
The most common cause of failure is an attempt to add an MS Windows group account
@@ -4008,9 +4008,9 @@ manually before putting them into active service.
third option is to manually create a UNIX/Linux group account that can substitute
for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group
to the MS Windows group.
- Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
+ Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment.
- Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group“
+ Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group“
What must I do to add Domain Users to the Power Users group?
”
The Power Users group is a group that is local to each Windows
@@ -4018,15 +4018,15 @@ manually before putting them into active service.
group automatically, this must be done on each workstation by logging in as the local workstation
administrator and then using click on Start / Control Panel / Users and Passwords
now click on the 'Advanced' tab, then on the 'Advanced' Button.
-
+
Now click on 'Groups', then double click on 'Power Users'. This will launch the panel to add users
or groups to the local machine 'Power Uses' group. Click on the 'Add' button, select the domain
from which the 'Domain Users' group is to be added, double click on the 'Domain Users' group, then
click on the 'Ok' button. Note: If a logon box is presented during this process please remember to
enter the connect as DOMAIN\UserName. ie: For the domain MIDEARTH and the user 'root' enter
MIDEARTH\root.
- Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access ControlsJelmer R. Vernooijdrawing
+ Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access ControlsJelmer R. Vernooijdrawing
Advanced MS Windows users are frequently perplexed when file, directory and share manipulation of
resources shared via Samba do not behave in the manner they might expect. MS Windows network
administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and how to
@@ -4039,7 +4039,7 @@ and directory access permissions.
The problem lies in the differences in how file and directory permissions and controls work
between the two environments. This difference is one that Samba can not completely hide, even
though it does try to bridge the chasm to a degree.
-
+
POSIX Access Control List technology has been available (along with Extended Attributes)
for UNIX for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This
explains to some extent the slow adoption of ACLs into commercial Linux products. MS Windows
@@ -4055,7 +4055,7 @@ and interchange of data between differing operating environments. Samba has no i
UNIX/Linux into a platform like MS Windows. Instead the purpose was and is to provide a sufficient
level of exchange of data between the two environments. What is available today extends well
beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to shrink.
-
+
Samba offers a lot of flexibility in file system access management. These are the key access control
facilities present in Samba today:
Samba Access Control Facilities
@@ -4095,12 +4095,12 @@ beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to shrink.
this also. Sadly, few Linux platforms ship today with native ACLs and
Extended Attributes enabled. This chapter has pertinent information
for users of platforms that support them.
-
File System Access Controls
+ File System Access Controls
Perhaps the most important recognition to be made is the simple fact that MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP
implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the UNIX operating system
environment. Firstly we should consider what the most significant differences are, then we shall look
at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
- MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
+ MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
Samba operates on top of the UNIX file system. This means it is subject to UNIX file system conventions
and permissions. It also means that if the MS Windows networking environment requires file system
behaviour that differs from unix file system behaviour then somehow Samba is responsible for emulating
@@ -4117,7 +4117,7 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
What MS Windows calls a Folder, UNIX calls a directory.
Case Sensitivity
-
+
MS Windows file names are generally upper case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name
and 3 character extension. If longer than 8.3 file names are Case Preserving, and Case
Insensitive.
@@ -4153,9 +4153,9 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
either start up files for various UNIX applications, or they may be files that contain
start-up configuration data.
Links and Short-Cuts
-
-
-
+
+
+
MS Windows make use of "links and Short-Cuts" that are actually special types of files that will
redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. UNIX knows of file and directory
@@ -4169,10 +4169,10 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
There are many other subtle differences that may cause the MS Windows administrator some temporary discomfort
in the process of becoming familiar with UNIX/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the
purpose of UNIX/Linux training/education.
-
There are three basic operations for managing directories, create, delete, rename.
- Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows Action | MS Windows Command | UNIX Command |
---|
create | md folder | mkdir folder | delete | rd folder | rmdir folder | rename | rename oldname newname | mv oldname newname |
- File and Directory Access Control
+ Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows Action | MS Windows Command | UNIX Command |
---|
create | md folder | mkdir folder | delete | rd folder | rmdir folder | rename | rename oldname newname | mv oldname newname |
+ File and Directory Access Control
The network administrator is strongly advised to read foundational training manuals and reference materials
regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic UNIX permissions
without having to resort to more complex facilities like POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) or Extended
@@ -4205,7 +4205,7 @@ drwsrwsrwx 2 maryo gnomes 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
Any bit flag may be unset. An unset bit flag is the equivalent of 'Can NOT' and is represented as a '-' character.
- Example 13.1. Example File
+ Example 13.1. Example File
-rwxr-x--- Means: The owner (user) can read, write, execute
the group can read and execute
everyone else can NOT do anything with it
@@ -4231,101 +4231,101 @@ drwsrwsrwx 2 maryo gnomes 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
the (x) execute flags are not set files can not be listed (seen) in the directory by anyone. The group can read files in the
directory but can NOT create new files. NOTE: If files in the directory are set to be readable and writable for the group, then
group members will be able to write to (or delete) them.
- Share Definition Access Controls
+ Share Definition Access Controls
The following parameters in the smb.conf file sections that define a share control or affect access controls.
Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for smb.conf.
- User and Group Based Controls
+ User and Group Based Controls
User and group based controls can prove very useful. In some situations it is distinctly desirable to affect all
- file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the force user and
- force group behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a
+ file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the force user and
+ force group behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a
paranoia level of control to ensure that only particular authorised persons will be able to access a share or
- it's contents, here the use of the valid users or the invalid users may
+ it's contents, here the use of the valid users or the invalid users may
be most useful.
As always, it is highly advisable to use the least difficult to maintain and the least ambiguous method for
controlling access. Remember, that when you leave the scene someone else will need to provide assistance and
if that person finds too great a mess, or if they do not understand what you have done then there is risk of
Samba being removed and an alternative solution being adopted.
- Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
admin users |
+ Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
admin users |
List of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share.
They will do all file operations as the super-user (root).
Any user in this list will be able to do anything they like on the share,
irrespective of file permissions.
- | force group |
+ | force group |
Specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group
for all users connecting to this service.
- | force user |
+ | force user |
Specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service.
This is useful for sharing files. Incorrect use can cause security problems.
- | guest ok |
+ | guest ok |
If this parameter is set for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be
those of the guest account.
- | invalid users |
+ | invalid users |
List of users that should not be allowed to login to this service.
- | only user |
+ | only user |
Controls whether connections with usernames not in the user list will be allowed.
- | read list |
+ | read list |
List of users that are given read-only access to a service. Users in this list
will not be given write access, no matter what the read only option is set to.
- | username |
+ | username |
Refer to the smb.conf man page for more information - this is a complex and potentially misused parameter.
- | valid users |
+ | valid users |
List of users that should be allowed to login to this service.
- | write list |
+ | write list |
List of users that are given read-write access to a service.
- |
File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
+ |
File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
The following file and directory permission based controls, if misused, can result in considerable difficulty to
diagnose the cause of mis-configuration. Use them sparingly and carefully. By gradually introducing each one by one
undesirable side-effects may be detected. In the event of a problem, always comment all of them out and then gradually
re-introduce them in a controlled fashion.
- Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
create mask |
+ Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
create mask |
Refer to the smb.conf man page.
- | directory mask |
+ | directory mask |
The octal modes used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories.
See also: directory security mask.
- | dos filemode |
+ | dos filemode |
Enabling this parameter allows a user who has write access to the file to modify the permissions on it.
- | force create mode |
+ | force create mode |
This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a file created by Samba.
- | force directory mode |
+ | force directory mode |
This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a directory created by Samba.
- | force directory security mode |
+ | force directory security mode |
Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating UNIX permissions on a directory
- | force security mode |
+ | force security mode |
Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client manipulates UNIX permissions.
- | hide unreadable |
+ | hide unreadable |
Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be read.
- | hide unwriteable files |
+ | hide unwriteable files |
Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be written to. Unwriteable directories are shown as usual.
- | nt acl support |
+ | nt acl support |
This parameter controls whether smbd will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.
- | security mask |
+ | security mask |
Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permissions on a file.
- |
|
The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertent barriers to file
access by not understanding the full implications of smb.conf file settings.
- Table 13.4. Other Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
case sensitive, default case, short preserve case |
+ Table 13.4. Other Controls Control Parameter | Description - Action - Notes |
---|
case sensitive, default case, short preserve case |
This means that all file name lookup will be done in a case sensitive manner.
Files will be created with the precise filename Samba received from the MS Windows client.
- | csc policy |
+ | csc policy |
Client Side Caching Policy - parallels MS Windows client side file caching capabilities.
- | dont descend |
+ | dont descend |
Allows to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty.
- | dos filetime resolution |
+ | dos filetime resolution |
This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares.
- | dos filetimes |
+ | dos filetimes |
DOS and Windows allows users to change file time stamps if they can write to the file. POSIX semantics prevent this.
This options allows DOS and Windows behaviour.
- | fake oplocks |
+ | fake oplocks |
Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an
oplock then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data.
- | hide dot files, hide files, veto files |
+ | hide dot files, hide files, veto files |
Note: MS Windows Explorer allows over-ride of files marked as hidden so they will still be visible.
- | read only |
+ | read only |
If this parameter is yes, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory.
- | veto files |
+ | veto files |
List of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible.
- |
Access Controls on Shares
+ |
Access Controls on Shares
This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions.
By default, Samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself
can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can
@@ -4342,9 +4342,9 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for /usr/local/samba/var. If the tdbdump
utility has been compiled and installed on your system, then you can examine the contents of this file
by: tdbdump share_info.tdb.
- Share Permissions Management
+ Share Permissions Management
The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environment.
- Windows NT4 Workstation/Server
+ Windows NT4 Workstation/Server
The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager.
Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation.
You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below.
@@ -4354,7 +4354,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for
Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the Properties tab, next click on
the Permissions tab. Now you can add or change access control settings as you wish.
-
On MS Windows NT4/200x/XP system access control lists on the share itself are set using native
tools, usually from file manager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder,
then select , then click on Permissions. The default
@@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for no access means that MaryK who is part of the group
Everyone will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access.
- MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX InteroperabilityManaging UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
+ MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX InteroperabilityManaging UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs
Windows NT clients can use their native security settings dialog box to view and modify the
underlying UNIX permissions.
@@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
+ Viewing File Security on a Samba Share
From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba
mounted drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click on the Properties
entry at the bottom of the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog box. Click on the tab
@@ -4408,7 +4408,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Add
button will not currently allow a list of users to be seen.
-
Clicking on the Ownership button brings up a dialog box telling you who owns
the given file. The owner name will be of the form:
@@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Close button to remove this dialog.
- If the parameter nt acl support is set to false
+ If the parameter nt acl support is set to false
then the file owner will be shown as the NT user "Everyone".
The Take Ownership button will not allow you to change the ownership of this file to
@@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Seclib NT security library written
- by Jeremy Allison of the Samba-Team, available from the main Samba FTP site. Viewing File or Directory Permissions
+ by Jeremy Allison of the Samba-Team, available from the main Samba FTP site. Viewing File or Directory Permissions
The third button is the Permissions button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box
that shows both the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. The owner is displayed in the form:
"SERVER\
@@ -4440,13 +4440,13 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for user is the user name of the UNIX user who owns the file, and
(Long name) is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
GECOS field of the UNIX password database).
- If the parameter nt acl support is set to false
+ If the parameter nt acl support is set to false
then the file owner will be shown as the NT user "Everyone" and the permissions will be
shown as NT "Full Control".
The permissions field is displayed differently for files and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions
are displayed first.
- The standard UNIX user/group/world triplet and
+ The standard UNIX user/group/world triplet and
the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions
triplets are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL
with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding
@@ -4468,7 +4468,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for "O" bit set.
This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning
zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will
- be given below. Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two
+ be given below. Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two
different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions
is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed
in the first set of parentheses in the normal "RW"
@@ -4479,12 +4479,12 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for permissions that any file created within
this directory would inherit. Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by
returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file
- created by Samba on this share would receive. Modifying file or directory permissionsModifying file and directory permissions is as simple
+ created by Samba on this share would receive. Modifying file or directory permissionsModifying file and directory permissions is as simple
as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and
clicking the OK button. However, there are
limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions
with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS
- attributes that need to also be taken into account. If the parameter nt acl support
+ attributes that need to also be taken into account. If the parameter nt acl support
is set to false then any attempt to set
security permissions will fail with an "Access Denied"
message. The first thing to note is that the "Add"
@@ -4513,52 +4513,52 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for Remove button,
or set the component to only have the special Take
Ownership permission (displayed as "O"
- ) highlighted. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ ) highlighted.Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
parametersThere are four parameters
to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters.
These are :
-
+
Once a user clicks OK to apply the
permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world
r/w/x triplet set, and then will check the changed permissions for a
file against the bits set in the
- security mask parameter. Any bits that
+ security mask parameter. Any bits that
were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone
- in the file permissions. Essentially, zero bits in the security mask
+ in the file permissions. Essentially, zero bits in the security mask
mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not
allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change.
If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as
- the create mask parameter. To allow a user to modify all the
+ the create mask parameter. To allow a user to modify all the
user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter
to 0777. Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against
the bits set in the
- force security mode parameter. Any bits
+ force security mode parameter. Any bits
that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter
are forced to be set. Essentially, bits set in the force security mode
parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when
modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'. If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value
- as the force create mode parameter.
+ as the force create mode parameter.
To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
- with no restrictions set this parameter to 000. The security mask and force
+ with no restrictions set this parameter to 000. The security mask and force
security mode parameters are applied to the change
request in that order. For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as
described above for a file except using the parameter
directory security mask instead of security
mask, and force directory security mode
parameter instead of force security mode
- . The directory security mask parameter
+ . The directory security mask parameter
by default is set to the same value as the directory mask
parameter and the force directory security
mode parameter by default is set to the same value as
- the force directory mode parameter. In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that
+ the force directory mode parameter. In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that
an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users
to modify the permission bits within that restriction. If you want to set up a share that allows users full control
in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and
doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following
parameters in the smb.conf file in that share specific section :
- security mask = 0777 | force security mode = 0 | directory security mask = 0777 | force directory security mode = 0 |
Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mappingNoteSamba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read
+ security mask = 0777 | force security mode = 0 | directory security mask = 0777 | force directory security mode = 0 |
Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mappingNoteSamba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read
only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can
be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security
dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping.
@@ -4574,10 +4574,10 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for OK to get back to the
attributes dialog you should always hit Cancel
rather than OK to ensure that your changes
- are not overridden.
File, Directory and Share access problems are very common on the mailing list. The following
are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
- Users can not write to a public share
+ Users can not write to a public share
“
We are facing some troubles with file / directory permissions. I can log on the domain as admin user(root),
and there's a public share, on which everyone needs to have permission to create / modify files, but only
@@ -4643,10 +4643,10 @@ drwsrwsr-x 2 jack engr 48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
An alternative is to set in the smb.conf entry for the share:
force user = jack | force group = engr |
- I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
- When you have a user in admin users, samba will always do file operations for
- this user as root, even if force user has been set.
- MS Word with Samba changes owner of file
+ I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
+ When you have a user in admin users, samba will always do file operations for
+ this user as root, even if force user has been set.
+ MS Word with Samba changes owner of file
Question: “When userB saves a word document that is owned by userA the updated file is now owned by userB.
Why is Samba doing this? How do I fix this?”
@@ -4665,10 +4665,10 @@ drwsrwsr-x 2 jack engr 48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
These two settings will ensure that all directories and files that get created in the share will be read/writable by the
owner and group set on the directory itself.
- Chapter 14. File and Record LockingEric RosemeHP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper
+ Chapter 14. File and Record LockingEric RosemeHP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper
One area which causes trouble for many network administrators is locking.
The extent of the problem is readily evident from searches over the internet.
-
+
Samba provides all the same locking semantics that MS Windows clients expect
and that MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers provide also.
@@ -4690,7 +4690,7 @@ settings on the MS Windows client.
Note
Sometimes it is necessary to disable locking control settings BOTH on the Samba
server as well as on each MS Windows client!
-
There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server.
The first is record locking which allows a client to lock
a range of bytes in a open file. The second is the deny modes
@@ -4715,10 +4715,10 @@ a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may over-s
the rpc.lockd. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to
independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is
important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked
-to by a client, but if you set strict locking = yes then it
+to by a client, but if you set strict locking = yes then it
will make lock checking calls on every read and write.
-You can also disable byte range locking completely using locking = no.
+You can also disable byte range locking completely using locking = no.
This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it
(such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to
tell clients that everything is OK.
@@ -4729,7 +4729,7 @@ access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for
DENY_NONE, DENY_READ,
DENY_WRITE or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility
modes called DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS.
- Opportunistic Locking Overview
+ Opportunistic Locking Overview
Opportunistic locking (Oplocks) is invoked by the Windows file system
(as opposed to an API) via registry entries (on the server AND client)
for the purpose of enhancing network performance when accessing a file
@@ -4852,7 +4852,7 @@ In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention
should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive
testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks
enabled and disabled.
- Exclusively Accessed Shares
+ Exclusively Accessed Shares
Opportunistic locking is most effective when it is confined to shares
that are exclusively accessed by a single user, or by only one user at
a time. Because the true value of opportunistic locking is the local
@@ -4861,7 +4861,7 @@ mechanism will cause a delay.
Home directories are the most obvious examples of where the performance
benefit of opportunistic locking can be safely realized.
- Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files
+ Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files
As each additional user accesses a file in a share with opportunistic
locking enabled, the potential for delays and resulting perceived poor
performance increases. When multiple users are accessing a file on a
@@ -4873,7 +4873,7 @@ of the caching user.
As each additional client attempts to access a file with oplocks set,
the potential performance improvement is negated and eventually results
in a performance bottleneck.
- UNIX or NFS Client Accessed Files
+ UNIX or NFS Client Accessed Files
Local UNIX and NFS clients access files without a mandatory
file locking mechanism. Thus, these client platforms are incapable of
initiating an oplock break request from the server to a Windows client
@@ -4883,7 +4883,7 @@ exposes the file to likely data corruption.
If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local UNIX
or NFS users, then turn opportunistic locking off.
- Slow and/or Unreliable Networks
+ Slow and/or Unreliable Networks
The biggest potential performance improvement for opportunistic locking
occurs when the client-side caching of reads and writes delivers the
most differential over sending those reads and writes over the wire.
@@ -4898,7 +4898,7 @@ the most advantageous scenario to utilize opportunistic locking.
If the network is slow, unreliable, or a WAN, then do not configure
opportunistic locking if there is any chance of multiple users
regularly opening the same file.
-
Multi-user databases clearly pose a risk due to their very nature -
they are typically heavily accessed by numerous users at random
intervals. Placing a multi-user database on a share with opportunistic
@@ -4906,7 +4906,7 @@ locking enabled will likely result in a locking management bottleneck
on the Samba server. Whether the database application is developed
in-house or a commercially available product, ensure that the share
has opportunistic locking disabled.
-
Process Data Management (PDM) applications such as IMAN, Enovia, and
Clearcase, are increasing in usage with Windows client platforms, and
therefore SMB data stores. PDM applications manage multi-user
@@ -4919,8 +4919,8 @@ application and PDM server to negotiate and maintain. It is
appropriate to eliminate the client OS from any caching tasks, and the
server from any oplock management, by disabling opportunistic locking on
the share.
-
-Samba includes an smb.conf parameter called force user that changes
+
+Samba includes an smb.conf parameter called force user that changes
the user accessing a share from the incoming user to whatever user is
defined by the smb.conf variable. If opportunistic locking is enabled
on a share, the change in user access causes an oplock break to be sent
@@ -4932,26 +4932,26 @@ to overcome the lost oplock break.
Avoid the combination of the following:
- force user in the smb.conf share configuration.
+ force user in the smb.conf share configuration.
Slow or unreliable networks
Opportunistic Locking Enabled
-
Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters
+ Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters
Samba provides opportunistic locking parameters that allow the
administrator to adjust various properties of the oplock mechanism to
account for timing and usage levels. These parameters provide good
versatility for implementing oplocks in environments where they would
likely cause problems. The parameters are:
-oplock break wait time,
-oplock contention limit.
+oplock break wait time,
+oplock contention limit.
For most users, administrators, and environments, if these parameters
are required, then the better option is to simply turn oplocks off.
The samba SWAT help text for both parameters reads "DO NOT CHANGE THIS
PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE."
This is good advice.
- Mission Critical High Availability
+ Mission Critical High Availability
In mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is
often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented
to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a
@@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@ In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention
should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive
testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks
enabled and disabled.
- Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
+ Samba Opportunistic Locking Control
Opportunistic Locking is a unique Windows file locking feature. It is
not really file locking, but is included in most discussions of Windows
file locking, so is considered a de facto locking feature.
@@ -5031,9 +5031,9 @@ of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks fo
Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no
measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them.
-
+
In the following we examine two distinct aspects of Samba locking controls.
-
+
You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following:
| [acctdata] | oplocks = False | level2 oplocks = False |
@@ -5047,7 +5047,7 @@ Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share:
If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries,
you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks.
-
Kernel OpLocks is an smb.conf parameter that notifies Samba (if
the UNIX kernel has the capability to send a Windows client an oplock
break) when a UNIX process is attempting to open the file that is
@@ -5075,9 +5075,9 @@ caching without the risk of data corruption. Veto Oplocks can be
enabled on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the
smb.conf file:
- Example 14.1. Share with some files oplocked | [global] | veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/ | | [share_name] | veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/ |
+ Example 14.1. Share with some files oplocked | [global] | veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/ | | [share_name] | veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/ |
- oplock break wait time is an smb.conf parameter that adjusts the time
+ oplock break wait time is an smb.conf parameter that adjusts the time
interval for Samba to reply to an oplock break request. Samba
recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND
UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break Wait Time can only be
@@ -5093,8 +5093,8 @@ HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break
Contention Limit can be enable on a per-share basis, or globally for
the entire server, in the smb.conf file:
- Example 14.2. | [global] | oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) | | [share_name] | oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) |
- MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
+ Example 14.2. | [global] | oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) | | [share_name] | oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) |
+ MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls
There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP
workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files
across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP
@@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@ An illustration of how level II oplocks work:
station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached
writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory;
all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data.
- Workstation Service Entries
+ Workstation Service Entries
\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters
@@ -5195,7 +5195,7 @@ An illustration of how level II oplocks work:
Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance
enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems.
-
\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\
CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters
@@ -5224,7 +5224,7 @@ the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection.
Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break
request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can
potentially cause loss of cached data.
- Persistent Data Corruption
+ Persistent Data Corruption
If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this chapter but data corruption problems
and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out:
@@ -5235,7 +5235,7 @@ rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with
same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file
to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in
our Knowledge Base.
-
In some sites locking problems surface as soon as a server is installed, in other sites
locking problems may not surface for a long time. Almost without exception, when a locking
problem does surface it will cause embarrassment and potential data corruption.
@@ -5265,7 +5265,7 @@ so far:
report on https://bugzilla.samba.org without delay. Make sure that you give as much
information as you possibly can to help isolate the cause and to allow reproduction
of the problem (an essential step in problem isolation and correction).
- locking.tdb error messages
+ locking.tdb error messages
“
We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like:
”
@@ -5278,10 +5278,10 @@ tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic
”
Corrupted tdb. Stop all instances of smbd, delete locking.tdb, restart smbd.
- Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1“It sometimes takes approximately 35 seconds to delete files over the network after XP SP1 has been applied” This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be
+ Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1“It sometimes takes approximately 35 seconds to delete files over the network after XP SP1 has been applied” This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be
found in
- Microsoft Knowledge Base article 811492.
+ Microsoft Knowledge Base article 811492.
You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from
time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers,
the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper.
@@ -5301,7 +5301,7 @@ Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202.
- Chapter 15. Securing SambaChapter 15. Securing Samba
This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an
important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba
installations in general.
@@ -5313,7 +5313,7 @@ on it!"
Security concerns are just like that: You need to know a little about the subject to appreciate
how obvious most of it really is. The challenge for most of us is to discover that first morsel
of knowledge with which we may unlock the secrets of the masters.
-
There are three level at which security principals must be observed in order to render a site
at least moderately secure. These are: the perimeter firewall, the configuration of the host
server that is running Samba, and Samba itself.
@@ -5332,21 +5332,21 @@ TCP/IP connections.
Another method by which Samba may be secured is by way of setting Access Control Entries in an Access
Control List on the shares themselves. This is discussed in the chapter on File, Directory and Share Access
Control.
- Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
+ Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues
The key challenge of security is the fact that protective measures suffice at best
only to close the door on known exploits and breach techniques. Never assume that
because you have followed these few measures that the Samba server is now an impenetrable
fortress! Given the history of information systems so far, it is only a matter of time
before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
- Using host based protection
+ Using host based protection
In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside
your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from
any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on
a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be
especially vulnerable.
- One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the hosts allow and
- hosts deny options in the Samba smb.conf configuration file to only
+ One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the hosts allow and
+ hosts deny options in the Samba smb.conf configuration file to only
allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example
might be:
hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 | hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 |
@@ -5355,13 +5355,13 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon
as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a
not listening on called name error.
-
If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following
method may be of use. In the smb.conf [global] section put:
valid users = @smbusers, jacko |
What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user jacko
or to members of the system group smbusers.
- Using interface protection
+ Using interface protection
By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that
it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP
connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those
@@ -5380,7 +5380,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as
the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that
interface to any samba process.
-
Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't
want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea,
although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above
@@ -5393,7 +5393,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be
aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in
recent years.
-
If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a
more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently
discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other
@@ -5416,7 +5416,7 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other
methods listed above for some reason.
-
To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about:
@@ -5436,24 +5436,24 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or
NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2
session security is not negotiated.
-
Please check regularly on http://www.samba.org/ for updates and
important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and
it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability
is discovered. Check with your OS vendor for OS specific upgrades.
-
If all of samba and host platform configuration were really as intuitive as one might like then this
section would not be necessary. Security issues are often vexing for a support person to resolve, not
because of the complexity of the problem, but for reason that most administrators who post what turns
out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is with Samba.
- Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
+ Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead
This is a very common problem. Red Hat Linux (as do others) will install a default firewall.
With the default firewall in place only traffic on the loopback adapter (IP address 127.0.0.1)
will be allowed through the firewall.
The solution is either to remove the firewall (stop it) or to modify the firewall script to
allow SMB networking traffic through. See section above in this chapter.
- Why can users access home directories of other users?
+ Why can users access home directories of other users?
“
We are unable to keep individual users from mapping to any other user's
home directory once they have supplied a valid password! They only need
@@ -5482,7 +5482,7 @@ out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is w
the policies and permissions he or she desires.
Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the
- only user = yes option on the share, is that you have not set the
+ only user = yes option on the share, is that you have not set the
valid users list for the share.
Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list,
@@ -5492,14 +5492,14 @@ out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is w
to the definition of the [homes] share, as recommended in
the smb.conf man page.
- Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust RelationshipsJelmer R. Vernooijdrawing
+ Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust RelationshipsJelmer R. Vernooijdrawing
Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites
will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to
adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains
some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now
possible for Samba-3 to trust NT4 (and vice versa), as well as to create Samba3-to-Samba3
trusts.
-
+
Samba-3 can participate in Samba-to-Samba as well as in Samba-to-MS Windows NT4 style
trust relationships. This imparts to Samba similar scalability as is possible with
MS Windows NT4.
@@ -5509,7 +5509,7 @@ database such as LDAP, and given it's ability to run in Primary as well as Backu
modes, the administrator would be well advised to consider alternatives to the use of
Interdomain trusts simply because by the very nature of how this works it is fragile.
That was, after all, a key reason for the development and adoption of Microsoft Active Directory.
- Trust Relationship Background
+ Trust Relationship Background
MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure.
The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking
in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat namespace that results from
@@ -5545,13 +5545,13 @@ domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each
an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4
style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS
security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains.
- Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
+ Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. To effect a two-way trust
relationship it is necessary for each domain administrator to create a trust account for the
other domain to use in verifying security credentials.
-
- Creating an NT4 Domain Trust
+
+ Creating an NT4 Domain Trust
For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the
Domain User Manager. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies
entry on the menu bar. From the menu, select
@@ -5562,15 +5562,15 @@ to enter the name of the remote domain that will be able to assign access rights
your domain. You will also need to enter a password for this trust relationship, which the
trusting domain will use when authenticating users from the trusted domain.
The password needs to be typed twice (for standard confirmation).
- Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
-
+ Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
+
A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections
with the trusted domain. To consummate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the
Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the
Add button that is next to the box that is labelled
Trusted Domains. A panel will open in which must be entered the name of the remote
domain as well as the password assigned to that trust.
- Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
+ Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
A two-way trust relationship is created when two one-way trusts are created, one in each direction.
Where a one-way trust has been established between two MS Windows NT4 domains (let's call them
DomA and DomB) the following facilities are created:
@@ -5610,7 +5610,7 @@ DomA and DomB) the following facilities are created:
Global Groups from the trusted domain CAN be made members in Local Groups on
MS Windows domain member machines.
- Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
+ Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts
This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so
that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba
is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet.
@@ -5648,7 +5648,7 @@ After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new ac
(in the standard way as appropriate for your configuration) and see that account's name is
really RUMBA$ and it has the 'I' flag set in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm
the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server.
-
+
Open User Manager for Domains and from the
menu, select .
Right beside the Trusted domains list box press the
@@ -5658,12 +5658,12 @@ the name of the remote domain, and the password used at the time of account crea
Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see
Trusted domain relationship successfully
established message.
- Samba as the Trusting Domain
+ Samba as the Trusting Domain
This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain
controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA.
The very first step is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC.
-
+
Launch the Domain User Manager, then from the menu select
, .
Now, next to the Trusted Domains box press the Add
@@ -5689,7 +5689,7 @@ Congratulations! Your trust relationship has just been established.
Note
Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to
the secrets.tdb file.
- NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000
+ NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000
Although Domain User Manager is not present in Windows 2000, it is
also possible to establish an NT4-style trust relationship with a Windows 2000 domain
controller running in mixed mode as the trusting server. It should also be possible for
@@ -5710,13 +5710,13 @@ will be prompted for the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Pre
after a moment, Active Directory will respond with The trusted domain has
been added and the trust has been verified. Your Samba users can now be
granted acess to resources in the AD domain.
-
Interdomain trust relationships should NOT be attempted on networks that are unstable
or that suffer regular outages. Network stability and integrity are key concerns with
distributed trusted domains.
Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on SambaShirish KaleleSamba Team & Veritas Software
The Distributed File System (or DFS) provides a means of separating the logical
view of files and directories that users see from the actual physical locations
of these resources on the network. It allows for higher availability, smoother
@@ -5730,9 +5730,9 @@ distributed trusted domains.
To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the --with-msdfs
option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global
- boolean host msdfs
+ boolean host msdfs
parameter in the smb.conf file. You designate a share as a DFS
- root using the share level boolean msdfs root parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS
+ root using the share level boolean msdfs root parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS
links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link
junction->msdfs:storage1\share1 in the share directory acts
as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link,
@@ -5741,7 +5741,7 @@ distributed trusted domains.
DFS trees on Samba work with all DFS-aware clients ranging from Windows 95 to 200x.
Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server.
- Example 17.1. smb.conf with DFS configured | [global] | netbios name = GANDALF | host msdfs = yes | | [dfs] | path = /export/dfsroot | msdfs root = yes |
In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our DFS links to
+ Example 17.1. smb.conf with DFS configured | [global] | netbios name = GANDALF | host msdfs = yes | | [dfs] | path = /export/dfsroot | msdfs root = yes |
In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our DFS links to
other servers on the network.
root# cd /export/dfsroot
root# chown root /export/dfsroot
@@ -5757,16 +5757,16 @@ distributed trusted domains.
network shares you want, and start Samba.Users on DFS-aware clients can now browse the DFS tree
on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing
links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client)
- takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network. Windows clients need to be rebooted
if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a DFS
root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a
new share and make it the DFS root. Currently there's a restriction that msdfs
symlink names should all be lowercase. For security purposes, the directory
acting as the root of the DFS tree should have ownership
and permissions set so that only designated users can
- modify the symbolic links in the directory.
Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support
+ modify the symbolic links in the directory. Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support
Printing is often a mission-critical service for the users. Samba can
provide this service reliably and seamlessly for a client network
consisting of Windows workstations.
@@ -5802,7 +5802,7 @@ Professional clients. Where this document describes the responses to
commands given, bear in mind that Windows 2000 clients are very
similar, but may differ in details. Windows NT is somewhat different
again.
-
Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print
subsystem of the UNIX OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes
printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the
@@ -5820,7 +5820,7 @@ the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern
ImportantCUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next
chapter. You might miss important information contained only
here!
- What happens if you send a Job from a Client
+ What happens if you send a Job from a Client
To successfully print a job from a Windows client via a Samba
print server to a UNIX printer, there are 6 (potentially 7)
stages:
@@ -5828,7 +5828,7 @@ stages:
into Samba's spooling area Windows closes the connection again Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over
to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area The UNIX print subsystem processes the print
job The printfile may need to be explicitly deleted
-from the Samba spooling area. Printing Related Configuration Parameters
+from the Samba spooling area. Printing Related Configuration Parameters
There are a number of configuration parameters in
controlling Samba's printing
behaviour. Please also refer to the man page for smb.conf to
@@ -5842,43 +5842,43 @@ behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those
don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus
overriding the global default). Global ParametersThese may not go into individual
shares. If they go in by error, the "testparm" utility can discover
-this (if you run it) and tell you so. Parameters Recommended for UseThe following smb.conf parameters directly
+this (if you run it) and tell you so. Parameters Recommended for UseThe following smb.conf parameters directly
related to printing are used in Samba. See also the
smb.conf man page for detailed explanations:
- Global level parameters: addprinter command,
-deleteprinter command,
-disable spoolss,
-enumports command,
-load printers,
-lpq cache time,
-os2 driver map,
-printcap name, printcap,
-show add printer wizard,
-total print jobs,
-use client driver.
- Service level parameters: hosts allow,
-hosts deny,
-lppause command,
-lpq command,
-lpresume command,
-lprm command,
-max print jobs,
-min print space,
-print command,
-printable, print ok ,
-printer name, printer,
-printer admin,
-printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...],
-queuepause command,
-queueresume command,
-total print jobs.
+ Global level parameters: addprinter command,
+deleteprinter command,
+disable spoolss,
+enumports command,
+load printers,
+lpq cache time,
+os2 driver map,
+printcap name, printcap,
+show add printer wizard,
+total print jobs,
+use client driver.
+ Service level parameters: hosts allow,
+hosts deny,
+lppause command,
+lpq command,
+lpresume command,
+lprm command,
+max print jobs,
+min print space,
+print command,
+printable, print ok ,
+printer name, printer,
+printer admin,
+printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...],
+queuepause command,
+queueresume command,
+total print jobs.
Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure
Calls (MS-RPC) methods for printing. These are used by Windows NT (and
later) print servers. The old "LanMan" protocol is still supported as
a fallback resort, and for older clients to use. More details will
follow further beneath.
- A simple Configuration to Print
+ A simple Configuration to Print
Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings
in the file. If you compare it with your own system's , you probably find some
additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS
@@ -5886,7 +5886,7 @@ vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the
parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters.
However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid
smb.conf file which enables all clients to print.
- Example 18.1. Simple configuration with BSD printing | [global] | printing = bsd | load printers = yes | | [printers] | path = /var/spool/samba | printable = yes | public = yes | writable = no |
+ Example 18.1. Simple configuration with BSD printing | [global] | printing = bsd | load printers = yes | | [printers] | path = /var/spool/samba | printable = yes | public = yes | writable = no |
This is only an example configuration. Samba assigns default values to all
configuration parameters. On the whole the defaults are conservative and
sensible. When a parameter is specified in the smb.conf file this overwrites
@@ -5903,7 +5903,7 @@ reminder: It even tolerates some spelling errors (like "browsable"
instead of "browseable"). Most spelling is case-insensitive. Also, you
can use "Yes|No" or "True|False" for boolean settings. Lists of names
may be separated by commas, spaces or tabs.
- Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
+ Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm
To see all (or at least most) printing related settings in Samba,
including the implicitly used ones, try the command outlined below
(hit "ENTER" twice!). It greps for all occurrences of "lp", "print",
@@ -5957,11 +5957,11 @@ be important in your future dealings with Samba.
Note testparm in samba 3 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used
without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually
written into ! To see the complete
-configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm. A little Experiment to warn you
+configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm. A little Experiment to warn you
Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back
to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you
expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning,
-try to just "comment out" the load printers"
+try to just "comment out" the load printers"
parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this:
root# grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf
@@ -5988,7 +5988,7 @@ any more... at least not by this ;-)
Only when setting the parameter explicitly to
-"load printers = No"
+"load printers = No"
would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is:
Never rely on "commented out" parameters! Always set it up explicitly as you intend it to
behave. Use testparm to uncover hidden
@@ -6064,7 +6064,7 @@ line consisting of, for example,
will regard the whole of the string after the "="
sign as the value you want to define. And this is an invalid value
that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.]
-
Extended Sample Configuration to Print
+ Extended Sample Configuration to Print
In the extended BSD configuration example we show a more verbose example configuration for print related
settings in BSD-printing style environment . Below is a discussion
and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style
@@ -6083,9 +6083,9 @@ default, because these have been compiled in. To see all settings, let
root use the testparm
utility. testparm also gives warnings if you have
mis-configured certain things..
- Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
+ Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings
Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example.
-
+
The [global] section is one of 4 special
sections (along with [[homes],
[printers] and
@@ -6097,17 +6097,17 @@ sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and
avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual
section or share you may however override these globally set "share
level" settings and specify other values).
- - printing = bsd
this causes Samba to use default print commands
+ - printing = bsd
this causes Samba to use default print commands
applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing
system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the
print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG,
SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a
-different print command (and other queue control
-commands). CautionThe printing parameter is
+different print command (and other queue control
+commands). CautionThe printing parameter is
normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the
[global] section, it will take effect for all
printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba 3 no longer
-supports the SOFTQ printing system. - load printers = yes
this tells Samba to create automatically all
+supports the SOFTQ printing system. - load printers = yes
this tells Samba to create automatically all
available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by
scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded
for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify
@@ -6116,7 +6116,7 @@ share will clone the configuration options found in the
[printers] section. (A load printers
= no setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer
you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be
-publicly visible and available). - show add printer wizard = yes
this setting is normally
+publicly visible and available). - show add printer wizard = yes
this setting is normally
enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the
). It makes the Add Printer Wizard icon
show up in the Printers folder of the Samba host's
@@ -6127,38 +6127,38 @@ will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer
drivers to the [print$] share and associate it
with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the
action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously
-uploaded driver. - total print jobs = 100
this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs
+uploaded driver. - total print jobs = 100
this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs
being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client
submit a job which exceeds this number, a “no more space
available on server” type of error message will be returned by
Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is
no limit at all!
- - printcap name = /etc/printcap
this tells Samba where to look for a list of
+ - printcap name = /etc/printcap
this tells Samba where to look for a list of
available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap
file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of
cupsd.conf).
- - printer admin = @ntadmin
members of the ntadmin group should be able to add
+ - printer admin = @ntadmin
members of the ntadmin group should be able to add
drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name,
it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a
-printer admin. The "@" sign precedes group names in
+printer admin. The "@" sign precedes group names in
. A printer admin can do anything to
printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC
-(see below). Note that the printer admin
+(see below). Note that the printer admin
parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate
different groups to different printer shares in larger installations,
-if you use the printer admin parameter on the
+if you use the printer admin parameter on the
share levels).
- - lpq cache time = 20
this controls the cache time for the results of the
+ - lpq cache time = 20
this controls the cache time for the results of the
lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and
reduces load on a heavily used print server.
- - use client driver = no
if set to yes, this setting only
+ - use client driver = no
if set to yes, this setting only
takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its
default value is No (or False).
It must not be enabled on print shares
(with a yes or true setting) which
have valid drivers installed on the Samba server! For more detailed
explanations see the man page of smb.conf.
-
This is the second special section. If a section with this name
appears in the smb.conf, users are able to
connect to any printer specified in the Samba host's printcap file,
@@ -6169,39 +6169,39 @@ minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which
should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the
smb.conf man page.) Settings inside this
container must be share level parameters.
- - comment = All printers
the comment is shown next to
+ - comment = All printers
the comment is shown next to
the share if a client queries the server, either via Network
Neighbourhood or with the net view command to list
available shares.
- - printable = yes
please note well, that the
+ - printable = yes
please note well, that the
[printers] service must be
declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to
load at startup. This parameter allows
connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the
-directory specified with the path parameter for
+directory specified with the path parameter for
this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from
-file shares. - path = /var/spool/samba
this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool
+file shares. - path = /var/spool/samba
this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool
incoming print files. It must not be the same as the spool
directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print
subsystem! The path would typically point to a directory
which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it.
- - browseable = no
this is always set to no if
-printable = yes. It makes the
+ - browseable = no
this is always set to no if
+printable = yes. It makes the
[printer] share itself invisible in the
list of available shares in a net view command or
in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the
individual printers).
- - guest ok = yes
+ - guest ok = yes
if set to yes, then no password is required to
connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the
-privileges of the guest account. On many systems the
+privileges of the guest account. On many systems the
guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX
passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login.
(Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the
privilege to be able to print. Test this by logging in as your
guest user using su - guest and run a system print
command like
- lpr -P printername /etc/motd - public = yes
this is a synonym for guest ok = yes. Since we have guest ok = yes,
+ lpr -P printername /etc/motd - public = yes
this is a synonym for guest ok = yes. Since we have guest ok = yes,
it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting
question: “What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings
for the same share?” The answer is: the last one encountered by
@@ -6210,16 +6210,16 @@ complain about different settings of the same parameter for the same
share! You can test this by setting up multiple lines for the "guest
account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to
see which one is actually used by Samba.)
- - read only = yes
this normally (for other types of shares) prevents
+ - read only = yes
this normally (for other types of shares) prevents
users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However,
in a "printable" service, it is always allowed to
write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but
only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not
-allowed. - writeable = no
-synonym for read only = yes
-
Any [my_printer_name] Section
+allowed. writeable = no
+synonym for read only = yes
+ Any [my_printer_name] Section
If a section appears in the , which is
-tagged as printable = yes, Samba presents it as
+tagged as printable = yes, Samba presents it as
a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may
have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share
name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a
@@ -6228,36 +6228,36 @@ client's connection request to a certain sharename, Samba always tries
to find file shares with that name first; if it finds one, it will
connect to this and will never ultimately connect to a printer with
the same name!
- - comment = Printer with Restricted Access
the comment says it all.
- - path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer
here we set the spooling area for this printer to
+ - comment = Printer with Restricted Access
the comment says it all.
+ - path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer
here we set the spooling area for this printer to
another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it
differently, but the option is available.
- - printer admin = kurt
the printer admin definition is different for this
+ - printer admin = kurt
the printer admin definition is different for this
explicitly defined printer share from the general
[printers] share. It is not a requirement; we
did it to show that it is possible if you want it.
- - browseable = yes
we also made this printer browseable (so that the
+ - browseable = yes
we also made this printer browseable (so that the
clients may conveniently find it when browsing the Network
Neighbourhood).
- - printable = yes
see explanation in last subsection.
- - writeable = no
see explanation in last subsection.
- - hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.
here we exercise a certain degree of access control
-by using the hosts allow and hosts deny parameters. Note, that
+ - printable = yes
see explanation in last subsection.
+ - writeable = no
see explanation in last subsection.
+ - hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.
here we exercise a certain degree of access control
+by using the hosts allow and hosts deny parameters. Note, that
this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your
printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a
first evaluation of access control
- - hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60
all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they
+ - hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60
all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they
belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP
addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames
here.
- - guest ok = no
this printer is not open for the guest account!
-
+ guest ok = nothis printer is not open for the guest account!
+
In each section defining a printer (or in the
[printers] section), a print
command parameter may be defined. It sets a command to
process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool
directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you
-remember, set up with the path
+remember, set up with the path
parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the
Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print
command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the
@@ -6269,24 +6269,24 @@ your own print commands (or even develop print command shell scripts),
make sure you pay attention to the need to remove the files from the
Samba spool directory. Otherwise your hard disk may soon suffer from
shortage of free space.
- Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems
+ Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems
You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in
settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated
one in its configuration file. The same is true for the
-print command. The default print command varies
-depending on the printing parameter
+print command. The default print command varies
+depending on the printing parameter
setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters
of the form %X where X is
p, s, J etc. These letters stand for
"printername", "spoolfile" and "job ID" respectively. They are
explained in more detail further below. Here is an overview (excluding
the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter):
-
+
We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the
next chapter. Just a short summary. For printing =
CUPS: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the
CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set
-printcap = cups in case your
+printcap = cups in case your
cupsd.conf is set to write its autogenerated
printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System
V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses
@@ -6309,9 +6309,9 @@ check which command takes effect. Then check that this command is
adequate and actually works for your installed print subsystem. It is
always a good idea to explicitly set up your configuration files the
way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults.
- Setting up your own Print Commands
+ Setting up your own Print Commands
After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the
-print command will be used by Samba via a
+print command will be used by Samba via a
system() call to process the spool file. Usually
the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's
printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must
@@ -6364,16 +6364,16 @@ expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to
include a UNIX environment variable $variable
in or in the Samba print command is
%$variable.) To give you a working
-print command example, the following will log a
+print command example, the following will log a
print job to /tmp/print.log, print the file, then
remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell
scripts:
print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s |
You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example
depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default
-for the print command parameter varies depending on the setting of
-the printing parameter. Another example is:
- print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s |
Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
+for the print command parameter varies depending on the setting of
+the printing parameter. Another example is:
+ print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s |
Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2
Before version 2.2.0, Samba's print server support for Windows clients
was limited to the level of LanMan printing
calls. This is the same protocol level as Windows 9x PCs offer when
@@ -6412,7 +6412,7 @@ default permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the
"Print" permissions to the well-known Everyone
group. (The older clients of type Win9x can only print to "shared"
printers).
- Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
+ Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print
There is still confusion about what all this means: Is it or
is it not a requirement for printer drivers to be installed on a Samba
host in order to support printing from Windows clients? The
@@ -6450,7 +6450,7 @@ by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the
format the printer (or the UNIX print system) requires. Print files
received by Samba are handed over to the UNIX printing system, which
is responsible for all further processing, if needed.
- The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3
+ The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3
[print$] vs. [printer$]
.
Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share
@@ -6476,7 +6476,7 @@ access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver
down- and uploads. Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x
clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's
[print$] share support just fine.
- Creating the [print$] Share
+ Creating the [print$] Share
In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files,
you must first configure a file share named
[print$]. The "public" name of this share is
@@ -6490,25 +6490,25 @@ add the global parameters and create the
[print$] file share (of course, some of the
parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced
with appropriate values for your site):
- Example 18.3. [print\$] example | [global] | # members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set | # printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'. | printer admin = @ntadmin | ... | | [printers] | ... | | [print$] | comment = Printer Driver Download Area | path = /etc/samba/drivers | browseable = yes | guest ok = yes | read only = yes | write list = @ntadmin, root |
+ Example 18.3. [print\$] example | [global] | # members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set | # printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'. | printer admin = @ntadmin | ... | | [printers] | ... | | [print$] | comment = Printer Driver Download Area | path = /etc/samba/drivers | browseable = yes | guest ok = yes | read only = yes | write list = @ntadmin, root |
Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the
-path parameter exists on the UNIX file system.
- Parameters in the [print$] Section
+path parameter exists on the UNIX file system.
+ Parameters in the [print$] Section
[print$] is a special section in
. It contains settings relevant to
potential printer driver download and local installation by clients.
- - comment = Printer Driver
+
- comment = Printer Driver
Download Area
the comment appears next to the share name if it is
listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but
it will also appear up in a smbclient -L sambaserver
- output). - path = /etc/samba/printers
this is the path to the location of the Windows
+ output). - path = /etc/samba/printers
this is the path to the location of the Windows
driver file deposit from the UNIX point of
-view. - browseable = no
this makes the [print$] share
+view. - browseable = no
this makes the [print$] share
"invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can
still "mount" it from any client using the net use
g:\\sambaserver\print$ command in a "DOS box" or the
"Connect network drive" menu from Windows
-Explorer. - guest ok = yes
this gives read only access to this share for all
+Explorer. - guest ok = yes
this gives read only access to this share for all
guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer
drivers on clients. The requirement for guest ok =
yes depends upon how your site is configured. If users
@@ -6521,13 +6521,13 @@ validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT
session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a
workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without
worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share
-for guest access. You'll probably want to add map to guest = Bad User in the
+for guest access. You'll probably want to add map to guest = Bad User in the
[global] section
as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before
using it.
-
- read only = yes
as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or
+
read only = yesas we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or
even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not
-writeable. write list = @ntadmin,rootsince the [print$] was made
+writeable. write list = @ntadmin,rootsince the [print$] was made
read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list"
also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users
listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general
@@ -6536,13 +6536,13 @@ share. Normally you will want to only name administrative level user
accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make
sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root
account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global
-printer admin parameter. See the
+printer admin parameter. See the
man page for more information on
-configuring file shares. Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
+configuring file shares. Subdirectory Structure in [print$]
In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of
driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several
subdirectories within the [print$] service
-(i.e. the UNIX directory named by the path
+(i.e. the UNIX directory named by the path
parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client
architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of
the [print$] share itself, the subdirectories
@@ -6577,7 +6577,7 @@ client workstation. Open Network Neighbourhood or
Once you have located the server, navigate to its Printers and
Faxes folder. You should see an initial listing of printers
that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host.
- Installing Drivers into [print$]
+ Installing Drivers into [print$]
You have successfully created the [print$]
share in ? And Samba has re-read its
configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The
@@ -6595,7 +6595,7 @@ Properties and Add Printer Wizard
The latter option is probably the easier one (even if the only
entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first).
- Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
+ Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI
The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's
Printers folder accessed from a client's Explorer
will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default
@@ -6630,18 +6630,18 @@ Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one
you are familiar with in Windows (we assume here that you are
familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows
NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with
-printer admin privileges (if in doubt, use
+printer admin privileges (if in doubt, use
smbstatus to check for this). If you wish to
install printer drivers for client operating systems other than
Windows NT x86, you will need to use the
Sharing tab of the printer properties dialog.
Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account
-(as named by the printer admin parameter),
+(as named by the printer admin parameter),
you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs
and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device
settings, please consider the advice given further below.
- Setting Drivers for existing Printers with
+Setting Drivers for existing Printers with
rpcclient
The second way to install printer drivers into
[print$] and set them up in a valid way can be
@@ -6656,7 +6656,7 @@ time with the setdriver
subcommand.
We will provide detailed hints for each of these steps in the next few
paragraphs.
- Identifying the Driver Files
+ Identifying the Driver Files
To find out about the driver files, you have two options: you could
investigate the driver CD which comes with your printer. Study the
*.inf file on the CD, if it is contained. This
@@ -6759,7 +6759,7 @@ Windows 2000 changed this. While it still can use the Kernel Mode
drivers (if this is enabled by the Admin), its native mode for printer
drivers is User Mode execution. This requires drivers designed for
this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory.
- Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's
+Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's
[print$] Share
Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our
previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them
@@ -6795,7 +6795,7 @@ files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are
complete, we can run smbclient ... put to store
the collected files on the Samba server's
[print$] share.
- Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]
+ Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]
So, now we are going to put the driver files into the
[print$] share. Remember, the UNIX path to this
share has been defined previously in your
@@ -6856,7 +6856,7 @@ re-location will automatically be done by the
don't forget to also put the files for the Win95/98/ME architecture
into the WIN40/ subdirectory should you need
them).
- Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)
+ Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)
For now we verify that our files are there. This can be done with
smbclient too (but of course you can log in via SSH
also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too):
@@ -6909,7 +6909,7 @@ Point'n'Print. The reason is: Samba doesn't know yet that these files
are something special, namely printer driver
files and it doesn't know yet to which print queue(s) these
driver files belong.
- Running rpcclient with
adddriver
So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files
you just uploaded into the [print$] share. This
@@ -6946,7 +6946,7 @@ files successfully, but render the driver unworkable. So take care!
Hints about the syntax of the adddriver command are in the man
page. The CUPS printing chapter of this HOWTO collection provides a
more detailed description, if you should need it.
- Check how Driver Files have been moved after
+Check how Driver Files have been moved after
adddriver finished
One indication for Samba's recognition of the files as driver files is
the successfully installed message.
@@ -6994,7 +6994,7 @@ subdirectory. You can check this again with
Another verification is that the timestamp of the printing TDB files
is now updated (and possibly their filesize has increased).
- Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba
+ Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba
Now the driver should be registered with Samba. We can easily verify
this, and will do so in a moment. However, this driver is
not yet associated with a particular
@@ -7038,7 +7038,7 @@ time. Our new driver only shows up for
Windows NT 4.0 or 2000. To
have it present for Windows 95, 98 and ME you'll
have to repeat the whole procedure with the WIN40 architecture and subdirectory.
- A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names
+ A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names
You can name the driver as you like. If you repeat the
adddriver step, with the same files as before, but
with a different driver name, it will work the same:
@@ -7072,7 +7072,7 @@ repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the
respective subdirectories. So you must precede an
smbclient ... put command before each
rpcclient ... adddriver" command.
- Running rpcclient with
setdriver
Samba still needs to know which printer's driver
this is. It needs to create a mapping of the driver to a printer, and
@@ -7102,12 +7102,12 @@ known to
Samba already. A bug in 2.2.x prevented Samba from recognizing freshly
installed printers. You had to restart Samba, or at least send a HUP
signal to all running smbd processes to work around this:
-kill -HUP `pidof smbd`. Client Driver Install Procedure
+kill -HUP `pidof smbd`. Client Driver Install Procedure
A famous philosopher said once: “The Proof of the Pudding lies
in the Eating”. The proof for our setup lies in the printing.
So let's install the printer driver onto the client PCs. This is not
as straightforward as it may seem. Read on.
- The first Client Driver Installation
+ The first Client Driver Installation
Especially important is the installation onto the first client PC (for
each architectural platform separately). Once this is done correctly,
all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further
@@ -7150,7 +7150,7 @@ Data" set is still incomplete.
You must now make sure that a valid "Device Mode" is set for the
driver. Don't fear -- we will explain now what that means.
- IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
+ IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers
In order for a printer to be truly usable by a Windows NT/2K/XP
client, it must possess:
a valid Device Mode generated by
@@ -7177,7 +7177,7 @@ This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or
2k/XP) client, as is discussed in the next paragraphs.
Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a
-printer admin, or root (the reason should be
+printer admin, or root (the reason should be
obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the
printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32
platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is
@@ -7222,7 +7222,7 @@ properties. Others may crash the client's spooler service. So use this
parameter with caution. It is always better to have the client
generate a valid device mode for the printer and store it on the
server for you.
-
Further Client Driver Install Procedures
+ Further Client Driver Install Procedures
Every further driver may be done by any user, along the lines
described above: Browse network, open printers folder on Samba server,
right-click printer and choose . Once
@@ -7242,12 +7242,12 @@ rundll32 shell32.dll,Control_RunDLL MAIN.CPL @2
You can enter the commands either inside a DOS box window
or in the field from the
menu.
- Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
+ Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"
After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its
[print$] share, you should always make sure
that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for
yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as
-printer admin. This is to make sure that:
+printer admin. This is to make sure that:
a first valid Device Mode is
really initialized (see above for more explanation details), and
that the default print settings of your printer for all
@@ -7270,14 +7270,14 @@ You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few
seconds, click on Printing Defaults... and
proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all
clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member
-of the printer admin from the setting.
+of the printer admin from the setting.
Now all the other users downloading and installing the driver
the same way (called Point'n'Print) will
have the same defaults set for them. If you miss this step you'll
get a lot of helpdesk calls from your users. But maybe you like to
talk to people.... ;-)
-
Your driver is installed. It is ready for
Point'n'Print installation by the clients
now. You may have tried to download and use it
@@ -7287,7 +7287,7 @@ example, suppose you didn't manage to "set the defaults" on the
printer, as advised in the preceding paragraphs? And your users
complain about various issues (such as “We need to set the paper
size for each job from Letter to A4 and it won't store it!”)
- Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
+ Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers
The last sentence might be viewed with mixed feelings by some users and
admins. They have struggled for hours and hours and couldn't arrive at
a point were their settings seemed to be saved. It is not their
@@ -7342,7 +7342,7 @@ either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps
C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the
defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same
defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator
-(printer admin in )
+(printer admin in )
before a client downloads the driver (the clients
can later set their own per-user defaults by
following the procedures A.
@@ -7376,7 +7376,7 @@ to see the tab with the Printing Preferences...
button (the one which doesn't set system-wide defaults). You can
start the commands from inside a DOS box" or from the
-- menu.
- Supporting large Numbers of Printers
+ Supporting large Numbers of Printers
One issue that has arisen during the recent development phase of Samba
is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using
Windows NT APW here is somewhat awkward (to say the least). If you
@@ -7466,7 +7466,7 @@ commas in the "description" field). After the
setdriver command succeeded, all is well. (The
CUPS Printing chapter has more info about the installation of printer
drivers with the help of rpcclient).
- Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
+ Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
By default, Samba exhibits all printer shares defined in
smb.conf in the
Printers... folder. Also located in this folder
@@ -7474,27 +7474,27 @@ is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be shown only
if:
...the connected user is able to successfully execute
an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative
-privileges (i.e. root or printer admin).
+privileges (i.e. root or printer admin).
Tip Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt:
runas /netonly /user:root rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n \\SAMBA-SERVER\printersharename
and click on Printing Preferences...
... contains the setting
-show add printer wizard = yes (the
+show add printer wizard = yes (the
default).
The APW can do various things:
upload a new driver to the Samba
[print$] share; associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but
still "driverless") print queue; exchange the currently used driver for an existing
print queue with one that has been uploaded before; add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in
-conjunction with a working add printer command;
-a corresponding delete printer command for
+conjunction with a working add printer command;
+a corresponding delete printer command for
removing entries from the Printers... folder
may be provided too)
The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the
previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer
-to a Samba server, the add printer command must
+to a Samba server, the add printer command must
have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the
printer to the UNIX print system (i.e. to
/etc/printcap,
@@ -7506,11 +7506,11 @@ exist, smbd will execute the add printer
command and reparse to the
to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not
defined, an error of Access Denied is
-returned to the client. Note that the add printer command is executed under the context of the connected
-user, not necessarily a root account. A map to guest = bad user may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong
+returned to the client. Note that the add printer command is executed under the context of the connected
+user, not necessarily a root account. A map to guest = bad user may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong
privilege; you should check it by using the
smbstatus command.
- Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a
+Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a
different Name
Once you are connected with the wrong credentials, there is no means
to reverse the situation other than to close all Explorer windows, and
@@ -7540,7 +7540,7 @@ message. You close all Explorer Windows and start it again. You try to
connect - and this times it works! Windows seems to cache connection
info somewhere and doesn't keep it up to date (if you are unlucky you
might need to reboot to get rid of the error message).
- Be careful when assembling Driver Files
+ Be careful when assembling Driver Files
You need to be very careful when you take notes about the files and
belonging to a particular driver. Don't confuse the files for driver
version "0" (for Win95/98/ME, going into
@@ -7681,7 +7681,7 @@ In my example were even more differences than shown here. Conclusion:
you must be very careful to select the correct driver files for each
driver version. Don't rely on the names alone. Don't interchange files
belonging to different driver versions.
-
Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each
printer. These normally take the form of LPT1:,
COM1:, FILE:, etc. Samba
@@ -7700,16 +7700,16 @@ multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over.
If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or
another (“My users and my Boss should not know that they are
working with Samba”), possesses a
-enumports command which can be used to define
+enumports command which can be used to define
an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system.
- Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
+ Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver
So - printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print
well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts,
which don't look good at all. Some jobs print fast, and some are
dead-slow. We can't cover it all; but we want to encourage you to read
the little paragraph about "Avoiding the wrong PostScript Driver
Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document.
-
The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the
Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please
refer to the Imprints web site
@@ -7726,20 +7726,20 @@ coordinate your efforts on the samba-technical mailing list. The
toolset is still in usable form; but only for a series of older
printer models, where there are prepared packages to use. Packages for
more up to date print devices are needed if Imprints should have a
-future.
+future.
Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting these goals:
Providing a central repository information regarding
Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages Providing the tools necessary for creating the
Imprints printer driver packages. Providing an installation client which will obtain
printer drivers from a central internet (or intranet) Imprints Server
repository and install them on remote Samba and Windows NT4 print
-servers.
Creating Printer Driver Packages
+servers. Creating Printer Driver Packages
The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of
this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included with the Samba
distribution for more information). In short, an Imprints driver
package is a gzipped tarball containing the driver files, related INF
files, and a control file needed by the installation client.
-
The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried
via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer entry in the database has
an associated URL for the actual downloading of the package. Each
@@ -7747,7 +7747,7 @@ package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that
package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints
database. It is strongly recommended that this security check
not be disabled.
-
More information regarding the Imprints installation client is
available in the Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps file
included with the imprints source package.
@@ -7788,7 +7788,7 @@ if is has not already been installed?
The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require that all
Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel Windows NT and
95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is installed first.
- Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
+ Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction
The following MS Knowledge Base article may be of some help if you
need to handle Windows 2000 clients: How to Add Printers
with No User Interaction in Windows 2000. ( http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105
@@ -7857,7 +7857,7 @@ at logon time will not really be noticeable. Printers can be centrally
added, changed, and deleted at will on the server with no user
intervention required on the clients (you just need to keep the logon
scripts up to date).
-
The addprinter command can be configured to be a
shell script or program executed by Samba. It is triggered by running
the APW from a client against the Samba print server. The APW asks the
@@ -7869,7 +7869,7 @@ on legacy systems, or execute the lpadmin command
on more modern systems) and create the associated share in
, then the APW will in effect really
create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem!
- Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba
+ Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba
The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed
considerably in 3.0 over the 2.2.x releases (apart from many small
improvements). Here migration should be quite easy, especially if you
@@ -7905,9 +7905,9 @@ rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at:
http://imprints.sourceforge.net/
for an example. See also the discussion of rpcclient usage in the
-"CUPS Printing" section. Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
+"CUPS Printing" section. Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP
We will publish an update to this section shortly.
- I give my root password but I don't get access
+ I give my root password but I don't get access
Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the UNIX system
(and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file
named /etc/shadow) with the password used to
@@ -7915,40 +7915,40 @@ authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for
root to access Samba resources via Samba-type access, a Samba account
for root must be created first. This is often done with the
smbpasswd command.
- My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
+ My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost
Don't use the existing UNIX print system spool directory for the Samba
spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it
only leads to problems. The two must be separate.
- Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0Jelmer R. VernooijdrawingsChapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0Jelmer R. VernooijdrawingsBasic Configuration of CUPS support
+ Basic Configuration of CUPS support
Printing with CUPS in the most basic smb.conf setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two
- settings: printing = cups and
- printcap = cups. CUPS does not need a printcap file.
+ settings: printing = cups and
+ printcap = cups. CUPS does not need a printcap file.
However, the cupsd.conf configuration file knows of two related directives that control
how such a file will be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of third party
applications (example: Printcap /etc/printcap and PrintcapFormat BSD).
@@ -7997,7 +7997,7 @@ ones Location of Adobe PostScript driver files
print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap file! For details see
man cupsd.conf and other CUPS-related documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server
itself: http://localhost:631/documentation.html.
- Linking of smbd with libcups.so
+ Linking of smbd with libcups.so
Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. Samba can be compiled with CUPS library support.
Most recent installations have this support enabled. Per default CUPS linking is compiled
into smbd and other Samba binaries. Of course, you can use CUPS even
@@ -8005,7 +8005,7 @@ ones Location of Adobe PostScript driver files
there are some differences in required or supported configuration
then.
- When Samba is compiled against libcups, printcap = cups
+ When Samba is compiled against libcups, printcap = cups
uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, query queues, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V
commands with an additional -oraw option for printing. On a Linux
system, you can use the ldd utility to find out details (ldd may not be present on
@@ -8022,17 +8022,17 @@ libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
is set, then any otherwise manually set print command in smb.conf is ignored.
This is an important point to remember!
Tip Should it be necessary, for any reason, to set your own print commands, you can do this by setting
- printing = sysv. However, you will loose all the benefits
+ printing = sysv. However, you will loose all the benefits
of tight CUPS/Samba integration. When you do this you must manually configure the printing system commands
- (most important: print command; other commands are
- lppause command,
- lpresume command,
- lpq command,
- lprm command,
- queuepause command and
- queue resume command). Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
+ (most important: print command; other commands are
+ lppause command,
+ lpresume command,
+ lpq command,
+ lprm command,
+ queuepause command and
+ queue resume command). Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS
To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup for smb.conf to enable basic CUPS support:
- Example 19.1. Simplest printing-related smb.conf | [global] | load printers = yes | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | browseable = no | public = yes | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root, @ntadmins |
+ Example 19.1. Simplest printing-related smb.conf | [global] | load printers = yes | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | browseable = no | public = yes | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root, @ntadmins |
This is all you need for basic printing setup for CUPS. It will print
all Graphic, Text, PDF and PostScript file submitted from Windows
clients. However, most of your Windows users would not know how to
@@ -8047,26 +8047,26 @@ libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
printer is not a PostScript device, the print data stream is "binary",
sensible only for the target printer. Read on to learn which problem
this may cause and how to avoid it.
- More complex smb.conf Settings for
+ More complex smb.conf Settings for
CUPS
Here is a slightly more complex printing-related setup
for smb.conf. It enables general CUPS printing
support for all printers, but defines one printer share which is set
up differently.
- Example 19.2. Overriding global CUPS settings for one printer | [global] | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | load printers = yes | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | public = yes | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root, @ntadmins | | [special_printer] | comment = A special printer with his own settings | path = /var/spool/samba-special | printing = sysv | printcap = lpstat | print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \ | echo " `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \ | echo " `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log : rm %f | public = no | guest ok = no | writeable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = kurt | hosts deny = 0.0.0.0 | hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 |
+ Example 19.2. Overriding global CUPS settings for one printer | [global] | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | load printers = yes | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | public = yes | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root, @ntadmins | | [special_printer] | comment = A special printer with his own settings | path = /var/spool/samba-special | printing = sysv | printcap = lpstat | print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \ | echo " `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \ | echo " `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log : rm %f | public = no | guest ok = no | writeable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = kurt | hosts deny = 0.0.0.0 | hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 |
This special share is only there for testing purposes. It does not write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters
known to Samba into the /tmp/smbprn.log file and deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the
-printer admin of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group);
+printer admin of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group);
guest access is not allowed; the share isn not published to the Network Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it only
allows access from only three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set
-printing = sysv and
-printcap = lpstat.
-
+printing = sysv and
+printcap = lpstat.
+
Before we delve into all the configuration options, let us clarify a few
points. Network printing needs to be organized and setup
correctly. Often this is not done correctly. Legacy systems
or small business LAN environments often lack design and good housekeeping.
- Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
+ Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
Many small office or home networks, as well as badly organized larger
environments, allow each client a direct access to available network
printers. This is generally a bad idea. It often blocks one client's
@@ -8078,8 +8078,8 @@ is the usage of a "print server": it routes all jobs through one
central system, which responds immediately, takes jobs from multiple
concurrent clients at the same time and in turn transfers them to the
printer(s) in the correct order.
- CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
-with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
+ CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
+with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
Most traditionally configured UNIX print servers acting on behalf of
Samba's Windows clients represented a really simple setup. Their only
task was to manage the "raw" spooling of all jobs handed to them by
@@ -8097,14 +8097,14 @@ sent in a format that is suitable for direct delivery to the
printer. Clients need to run the vendor-provided drivers to do
this. In this case CUPS will NOT do any print file format conversion
work.
- Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
+ Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients
The printer drivers on the Windows clients may be installed
in two functionally different ways:
manually install the drivers locally on each client,
one by one; this yields the old LanMan style
printing; it uses a \\sambaserver\printershare
type of connection.
-
+
deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on
the print server (Samba); this enables the clients to use
"Point and Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the
@@ -8112,8 +8112,8 @@ first time they access the printer; with this method NT/2K/XP
clients use the SPOOLSS/MS-RPC
type printing calls.
The second method is recommended for use over the first.
- Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
-application/octet-stream!
+ Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
+application/octet-stream!
If you use the first option (drivers are installed on the client
side), there is one setting to take care of: CUPS needs to be told
that it should allow "raw" printing of deliberate (binary) file
@@ -8130,7 +8130,7 @@ present:
In /etc/cups/mime.convs,
have this line:
-
+
application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 -
If these two files are not set up correctly for raw Windows client
@@ -8140,7 +8140,7 @@ convert file 0 in your CUPS error_log file.
mime.types file does not
enforce "raw" printing, it only
allows it.
- Background.
+ Background.
CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones
does not by default allow a user to send deliberate (possibly binary)
data to printing devices. This could be easily abused to launch a
@@ -8157,7 +8157,7 @@ This is all you need to know to get the CUPS/Samba combo printing
locally installed. If you are not interested in background information about
more advanced CUPS/Samba printing, simply skip the remaining sections
of this chapter.
- Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
+ Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
If you want to use the MS-RPC type printing, you must upload the
drivers onto the Samba server first ([print$]
share). For a discussion on how to deposit printer drivers on the
@@ -8165,24 +8165,24 @@ Samba host (so that the Windows clients can download and use them via
"Point'n'Print") please also refer to the previous chapter of this
HOWTO Collection. There you will find a description or reference to
three methods of preparing the client drivers on the Samba server:
- the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard"
+ the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard"
upload-from-a-Windows-client
method; the commandline, "smbclient/rpcclient"
upload-from-a-UNIX-workstation
method;
-
+
the Imprints Toolset
method.
These 3 methods apply to CUPS all the same. A new and more
convenient way to load the Windows drivers into Samba is provided
if you use CUPS:
-
Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing
-with PostScript Driver Download
+ Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing
+with PostScript Driver Download
Are you still following this? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know
how to set up a "dump" printserver, that is, a server which is spooling
printjobs "raw", leaving the print data untouched.
@@ -8206,11 +8206,11 @@ how CUPS works and how you can enable its features.
What follows is the comparison of some fundamental concepts for
Windows and UNIX printing; then is the time for a description of the
CUPS filtering system, how it works and how you can tweak it.
- GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX
+ GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX
Network printing is one of the most complicated and error-prone
day-to-day tasks any user or an administrator may encounter. This is
true for all OS platforms. And there are reasons for this.
-
+
You can't expect for most file formats to just throw them towards
printers and they get printed. There needs to be a file format
conversion in between. The problem is: there is no common standard for
@@ -8222,7 +8222,7 @@ into semi-official "standards", by being the most widely used PDLs
many manufacturers who "roll their own" (their reasons may be
unacceptable license fees for using printer-embedded PostScript
interpreters, etc.).
- Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
+ Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
In Windows OS, the format conversion job is done by the printer
drivers. On MS Windows OS platforms all application programmers have
at their disposal a built-in API, the GDI (Graphical Device
@@ -8239,7 +8239,7 @@ the GDI, produces often a file format called EMF (Enh
MetaFile). The EMF is processed by the printer driver and
converted to the printer-specific file format.
Note
-
+
To the GDI foundation in MS Windows, Apple has chosen to
put paper and screen output on a common foundation for their
(BSD-UNIX-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating
@@ -8248,7 +8248,7 @@ Systems. Their Core Graphic Engine uses a
- UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
+ UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics
In UNIX and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS
kernel(s) or the X (screen display) server. Every application is
responsible for itself to create its print output. Fortunately, most
@@ -8268,7 +8268,7 @@ ready for prime time.) You can see this unfavorable inheritance up to
the present day by looking into the various "font" directories on your
system; there are separate ones for fonts used for X display and fonts
to be used on paper.
- Background.
+ Background.
The PostScript programming language is an "invention" by Adobe Inc.,
but its specifications have been published to the full. Its strength
lies in its powerful abilities to describe graphical objects (fonts,
@@ -8284,7 +8284,7 @@ form and you will be reading its PostScript code, the language
instructions which need to be interpreted by a rasterizer. Rasterizers
produce pixel images, which may be displayed on screen by a viewer
program or on paper by a printer.
- PostScript and Ghostscript
+ PostScript and Ghostscript
So, UNIX is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and
displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for UNIX, basic
printing is fairly easy: if you have PostScript printers at your
@@ -8297,7 +8297,7 @@ converting the PostScript drawing commands into a bitmap picture as
you see it on paper, in a resolution as done by your printer. This is
no different to PostScript printing of a file from a Windows origin.
Note
-
+
Traditional UNIX programs and printing systems -- while
using PostScript -- are largely not PPD-aware. PPDs are "PostScript
Printer Description" files. They enable you to specify and control all
@@ -8307,7 +8307,7 @@ device and job options, unlike Windows or Apple users. But now there
is CUPS....
-
+
However, there are other types of printers out there. These don't know
how to print PostScript. They use their own Page Description
Language (PDL, often proprietary). To print to them is much
@@ -8315,7 +8315,7 @@ more demanding. Since your UNIX applications mostly produce
PostScript, and since these devices don't understand PostScript, you
need to convert the printfiles to a format suitable for your printer
on the host, before you can send it away.
- Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
+ Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
Here is where Ghostscript kicks in. Ghostscript is
the traditional (and quite powerful) PostScript interpreter used on
UNIX platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a
@@ -8337,12 +8337,12 @@ intervals, now by artofcode LLC. They are initially put under the
"AFPL" license, but re-released under the GNU GPL as soon as the next
AFPL version appears. GNU Ghostscript is probably the version
installed on most Samba systems. But it has got some
-deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an
+deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an
enhancement over GNU Ghostscript, with lots of bug-fixes, additional
devices and improvements. It is jointly maintained by developers from
CUPS, Gimp-Print, MandrakeSoft, SuSE, RedHat and Debian. It includes
the "cups" device (essential to print to non-PS printers from CUPS).
- PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
+ PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
While PostScript in essence is a Page Description
Language (PDL) to represent the page layout in a
device independent way, real world print jobs are
@@ -8368,13 +8368,13 @@ user selections are somehow written (in the form of special
PostScript, PJL, JCL or vendor-dependent commands) into the PostScript
file created by the driver.
Warning
-
+
A PostScript file that was created to contain device-specific commands
for achieving a certain print job output (e.g. duplexed, stapled and
punched) on a specific target machine, may not print as expected, or
may not be printable at all on other models; it also may not be fit
for further processing by software (e.g. by a PDF distilling program).
- CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
+ CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs
CUPS can handle all spec-compliant PPDs as supplied by the
manufacturers for their PostScript models. Even if a
UNIX/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite
@@ -8389,8 +8389,8 @@ immediately. CUPS in all versions after 1.1.19 has a much more strict
internal PPD parsing and checking code enabled; in case of printing
trouble this online resource should be one of your first pitstops.
Warning
-
-
+
+
For real PostScript printers don't use the
Foomatic or cupsomatic
PPDs from Linuxprinting.org. With these devices the original
@@ -8403,7 +8403,7 @@ your LAN has the PostScript driver installed, just use
access the Windows directory where all printer driver files are
stored. First look in the W32X86/2 subdir for
the PPD you are seeking.
- CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
+ CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers
CUPS also uses specially crafted PPDs to handle non-PostScript
printers. These PPDs are usually not available from the vendors (and
no, you can't just take the PPD of a Postscript printer with the same
@@ -8411,7 +8411,7 @@ model name and hope it works for the non-PostScript version too). To
understand how these PPDs work for non-PS printers we first need to
dive deeply into the CUPS filtering and file format conversion
architecture. Stay tuned.
- The CUPS Filtering Architecture
+ The CUPS Filtering Architecture
The core of the CUPS filtering system is based on
Ghostscript. In addition to Ghostscript, CUPS
uses some other filters of its own. You (or your OS vendor) may have
@@ -8437,27 +8437,27 @@ Make sure your Ghostscript version has the "cups" device compiled in
may encounter the dreaded Unable to convert file
0 in your CUPS error_log file. To have "cups" as a
device in your Ghostscript, you either need to patch GNU
-Ghostscript and re-compile or use ESP Ghostscript. The
+Ghostscript and re-compile or use ESP Ghostscript. The
superior alternative is ESP Ghostscript: it supports not just CUPS,
but 300 other devices too (while GNU Ghostscript supports only about
180). Because of this broad output device support, ESP Ghostscript is
the first choice for non-CUPS spoolers too. It is now recommended by
Linuxprinting.org for all spoolers.
-
-
+
+
CUPS printers may be setup to use external
rendering paths. One of the most common ones is provided by the
Foomatic/cupsomatic concept, from Linuxprinting.org. This
uses the classical Ghostscript approach, doing everything in one
step. It doesn't use the "cups" device, but one of the many
others. However, even for Foomatic/cupsomatic usage, best results and
-
+
broadest printer model support is provided by ESP Ghostscript (more
about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now
foomatic-rip, follows below).
- MIME types and CUPS Filters
-
+ MIME types and CUPS Filters
+
CUPS reads the file /etc/cups/mime.types
(and all other files carrying a *.types suffix
in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain the MIME
@@ -8467,7 +8467,7 @@ for mime.types and in the comments section of the
mime.types file itself. A simple rule reads
like this:
-
+
application/pdf pdf string(0,%PDF)
@@ -8508,7 +8508,7 @@ CUPS can handle ASCII text, HP-GL, PDF, PostScript, DVI and a
lot of image formats (GIF. PNG, TIFF, JPEG, Photo-CD, SUN-Raster,
PNM, PBM, SGI-RGB and some more) and their associated MIME types
with its filters.
- MIME type Conversion Rules
+ MIME type Conversion Rules
CUPS reads the file /etc/cups/mime.convs
(and all other files named with a *.convs
suffix in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain
@@ -8524,16 +8524,16 @@ This means that the pdftops filter will t
application/postscript as output, the virtual
cost of this operation is 33 CUPS-$. The next filter is more
expensive, costing 66 CUPS-$:
-
+
application/vnd.hp-HPGL application/postscript 66 hpgltops
This is the hpgltops, which processes HP-GL
plotter files to PostScript.
-
+
application/octet-stream
Here are two more examples:
-
+
application/x-shell application/postscript 33 texttops
text/plain application/postscript 33 texttops
@@ -8541,7 +8541,7 @@ The last two examples name the texttops f
to work on "text/plain" as well as on "application/x-shell". (Hint:
this differentiation is needed for the syntax highlighting feature of
"texttops").
-
There are many more combinations named in mime.convs. However, you
are not limited to use the ones pre-defined there. You can plug in any
filter you like into the CUPS framework. It must meet, or must be made
@@ -8562,7 +8562,7 @@ attribute titleThe string from
attribute optionsThe job options filename(Optionally) The print request file (if missing,
filters expected data fed through stdin). In most
cases it is very easy to write a simple wrapper script around existing
-filters to make them work with CUPS.
+filters to make them work with CUPS.
As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any UNIX based
printing system. From PostScript, CUPS generates raster data to feed
non-PostScript printers.
@@ -8581,7 +8581,7 @@ MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript
print options already embedded into the file.
-
pstopsis the filter to convert
application/postscript to
application/vnd.cups-postscript. It was said
@@ -8601,7 +8601,7 @@ putting 2 or more logical pages on one sheet of paper (the
so-called "number-up" function)
counting the pages of the job to insert the accounting
information into the /var/log/cups/page_log
-
pstoraster is at the core of the CUPS filtering
system. It is responsible for the first stage of the rasterization
process. Its input is of MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript;
@@ -8637,7 +8637,7 @@ integrated back into Ghostscript (now based on GNU Ghostscript version
parameter. If your Ghostscript doesn't show a success on asking for
gs -h |grep cups, you might not be able to
print. Update your Ghostscript then!
- imagetops and imagetoraster
+ imagetops and imagetoraster
Above in the section about prefilters, we mentioned the prefilter
that generates PostScript from image formats. The imagetoraster
filter is used to convert directly from image to raster, without the
@@ -8646,7 +8646,7 @@ mentioned prefilters. Here is a summarizing flowchart of image file
filtering:
- rasterto [printers specific]
+ rasterto [printers specific]
CUPS ships with quite some different raster drivers processing CUPS
raster. On my system I find in /usr/lib/cups/filter/ these:
rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp,
@@ -8660,7 +8660,7 @@ development projects (such as Gimp-Print) wanting to cooperate as
closely as possible with CUPS.
-
The last part of any CUPS filtering chain is a "backend". Backends
are special programs that send the print-ready file to the final
device. There is a separate backend program for any transfer
@@ -8745,7 +8745,7 @@ utility. Used with the -v parameter, it lists
all available backends:
$ lpinfo -v
- cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
+ cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?
"cupsomatic" filters may be the most widely used on CUPS
installations. You must be clear about the fact that these were not
developed by the CUPS people. They are a "Third Party" add-on to
@@ -8768,7 +8768,7 @@ the driver description. cupsomatic is a Perl script that runs
Ghostscript, with all the complicated commandline options
auto-constructed from the selected PPD and commandline options give to
the printjob.
-
+
However, cupsomatic is now deprecated. Its PPDs (especially the first
generation of them, still in heavy use out there) are not meeting the
Adobe specifications. You might also suffer difficulties when you try
@@ -8793,11 +8793,11 @@ print-options from page to page, in the middle of a job. And the
best thing is: the new foomatic-rip now works seamlessly with all
legacy spoolers too (like LPRng, BSD-LPD, PDQ, PPR etc.), providing
for them access to use PPDs for their printing!
-
If you want to see an overview over all the filters and how they
relate to each other, the complete picture of the puzzle is at the end
of this document.
-
CUPS auto-constructs all possible filtering chain paths for any given
MIME type, and every printer installed. But how does it decide in
favor or against a specific alternative? (There may often be cases,
@@ -8814,7 +8814,7 @@ cost. This is a very efficient way to limit the load of any CUPS
server by setting an appropriate "FilterLimit" value. A FilterLimit of
200 allows roughly 1 job at a time, while a FilterLimit of 1000 allows
approximately 5 jobs maximum at a time.
-
You can tell CUPS to print (nearly) any file "raw". "Raw" means it
will not be filtered. CUPS will send the file to the printer "as is"
without bothering if the printer is able to digest it. Users need to
@@ -8835,7 +8835,7 @@ CUPS will automatically treat each job sent to a queue as a "raw" one,
if it can't find a PPD associated with the queue. However, CUPS will
only send known MIME types (as defined in its own mime.types file) and
refuse others.
- "application/octet-stream" printing
+ "application/octet-stream" printing
Any MIME type with no rule in the
/etc/cups/mime.types file is regarded as unknown
or application/octet-stream and will not be
@@ -8853,7 +8853,7 @@ Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must
be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation for
application/octet-stream. In /etc/cups/mime.types
make sure this line is present:
-
+
application/octet-stream
This line (with no specific auto-typing rule set) makes all files
@@ -8862,7 +8862,7 @@ not otherwise auto-typed a member of application/octet-stream. In
line:
application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 -
-
+
This line tells CUPS to use the Null Filter
(denoted as "-", doing... nothing at all) on
application/octet-stream, and tag the result as
@@ -8887,7 +8887,7 @@ be one that is known to CUPS and an allowed one. The file
recognizes MIME types. The file
/etc/cups/mime.convs decides which file
conversion filter(s) may be applied to which MIME types.
- PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
+ PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
Originally PPDs were meant to be used for PostScript printers
only. Here, they help to send device-specific commands and settings
to the RIP which processes the jobfile. CUPS has extended this
@@ -8900,7 +8900,7 @@ printers the Ghostscript RIP runs on the host computer.
PPDs for a non-PS printer have a few lines that are unique to
CUPS. The most important one looks similar to this:
-
+
*cupsFilter: application/vnd.cups-raster 66 rastertoprinter
It is the last piece in the CUPS filtering puzzle. This line tells the
@@ -8917,12 +8917,12 @@ CUPS by default ships only a few generic PPDs, but they are good for
several hundred printer models. You may not be able to control
different paper trays, or you may get larger margins than your
specific model supports):
- Table 19.1. PPD's shipped with CUPS PPD file | Printer type |
---|
deskjet.ppd | older HP inkjet printers and compatible | deskjet2.ppd | newer HP inkjet printers and compatible | dymo.ppd | label printers | epson9.ppd | Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible | epson24.ppd | Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible | okidata9.ppd | Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible | okidat24.ppd | Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible | stcolor.ppd | older Epson Stylus Color printers | stcolor2.ppd | newer Epson Stylus Color printers | stphoto.ppd | older Epson Stylus Photo printers | stphoto2.ppd | newer Epson Stylus Photo printers | laserjet.ppd | all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable for use with CUPS. |
Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
-native CUPS printing
+ Table 19.1. PPD's shipped with CUPS PPD file | Printer type |
---|
deskjet.ppd | older HP inkjet printers and compatible | deskjet2.ppd | newer HP inkjet printers and compatible | dymo.ppd | label printers | epson9.ppd | Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible | epson24.ppd | Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible | okidata9.ppd | Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible | okidat24.ppd | Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible | stcolor.ppd | older Epson Stylus Color printers | stcolor2.ppd | newer Epson Stylus Color printers | stphoto.ppd | older Epson Stylus Photo printers | stphoto2.ppd | newer Epson Stylus Photo printers | laserjet.ppd | all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable for use with CUPS. |
Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
+native CUPS printing
Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps.
First is the "pstoraster" step. It uses the special "cups"
-
+
device from ESP Ghostscript 7.05.x as its tool
Second comes the "rasterdriver" step. It uses various
@@ -8946,8 +8946,8 @@ other (non-CUPS) spoolers. An upgrade to foomatic-rip is strongly
advised, especially if you are upgrading to a recent version of CUPS
too.
-
-
+
+
Both the cupsomatic (old) and the foomatic-rip (new) methods from
Linuxprinting.org use the traditional Ghostscript print file
processing, doing everything in a single step. It therefore relies on
@@ -8969,7 +8969,7 @@ installation: Therefore the printfile bypasses the "pstoraster" filter
cupsomatic hands the rendered file directly to the CUPS backend. The
flowchart above illustrates the difference between native CUPS
rendering and the Foomatic/cupsomatic method.
-
Examples for filtering Chains
+ Examples for filtering Chains
Here are a few examples of commonly occurring filtering chains to
illustrate the workings of CUPS.
@@ -9015,11 +9015,11 @@ printer-specific raster data and embedding any user-selected
print-options into the print data stream; the file goes to the usb backend,
which transfers the job to the printers.
The resulting filter chain therefore is as drawn in the image below.
- Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
+ Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs
On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD files
(with their companion filters), in many national languages,
supporting more than 1000 non-PostScript models.
- ESP
+ ESP
PrintPro (commercial,
non-Free) is packaged with more than 3000 PPDs, ready for
successful use "out of the box" on Linux, Mac OS X, IBM-AIX,
@@ -9050,7 +9050,7 @@ HPIJS).
Printing with Interface Scripts
+
Printing with Interface Scripts
CUPS also supports the usage of "interface scripts" as known from
System V AT&T printing systems. These are often used for PCL
printers, from applications that generate PCL print jobs. Interface
@@ -9071,21 +9071,21 @@ with CUPS they provide the most easy way to plug in your own
custom-written filtering script or program into one specific print
queue (some information about the traditional usage of interface scripts is
to be found at http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html).
- Network printing (purely Windows)
+ Network printing (purely Windows)
Network printing covers a lot of ground. To understand what exactly
goes on with Samba when it is printing on behalf of its Windows
clients, let's first look at a "purely Windows" setup: Windows clients
with a Windows NT print server.
- From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
+ From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server
Windows clients printing to an NT-based print server have two
options. They may
- Driver Execution on the Client
+ Driver Execution on the Client
In the first case the print server must spool the file as "raw",
meaning it shouldn't touch the jobfile and try to convert it in any
way. This is what traditional UNIX-based print server can do too; and
@@ -9097,7 +9097,7 @@ to have the Windows client drivers available and installed on the
clients.
- Driver Execution on the Server
+ Driver Execution on the Server
The other path executes the printer driver on the server. The clients
transfers print files in EMF format to the server. The server uses the
PostScript, PCL, ESC/P or other driver to convert the EMF file into
@@ -9109,14 +9109,14 @@ understand.
However, there is something similar possible with CUPS. Read on...
- Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print
+Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print
Servers)
Since UNIX print servers cannot execute the Win32
program code on their platform, the picture is somewhat
different. However, this doesn't limit your options all that
much. In the contrary, you may have a way here to implement printing
features which are not possible otherwise.
- From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
+ From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server
Here is a simple recipe showing how you can take advantage of CUPS
powerful features for the benefit of your Windows network printing
clients:
@@ -9130,9 +9130,9 @@ printer is a non-PostScript model. It also requires that you have a
Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing through Samba the
following options should be set in your smb.conf file [global]
section:
- printing = cups printcap = cups
+ printing = cups printcap = cups
When these parameters are specified, all manually set print directives
-(like print command, or lppause command) in smb.conf (as well as
+(like print command, or lppause command) in smb.conf (as well as
in samba itself) will be ignored. Instead, Samba will directly
interface with CUPS through it's application program interface (API) -
as long as Samba has been compiled with CUPS library (libcups)
@@ -9141,12 +9141,12 @@ other print commands are set up, then printing will use the
System V AT&T command set, with the -oraw
option automatically passing through (if you want your own defined
print commands to work with a Samba that has CUPS support compiled in,
-simply use printing = sysv).
+simply use printing = sysv).
- Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
+ Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS
Samba must use its own spool directory (it is set
-by a line similar to path = /var/spool/samba,
+by a line similar to path = /var/spool/samba,
in the [printers] or
[printername] section of
smb.conf). Samba receives the job in its own
@@ -9162,8 +9162,8 @@ A Windows user authenticates only to Samba (by whatever means is
configured). If Samba runs on the same host as CUPS, you only need to
allow "localhost" to print. If they run on different machines, you
need to make sure the Samba host gets access to printing on CUPS.
- Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
-PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
+ Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
+PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
PPDs can control all print device options. They are usually provided
by the manufacturer; if you own a PostScript printer, that is. PPD
files (PostScript Printer Descriptions) are always a component of
@@ -9182,7 +9182,7 @@ or see if you have lphelp on your system). There are also some
different GUI frontends on Linux/UNIX, which can present PPD options
to users. PPD options are normally meant to be evaluated by the
PostScript RIP on the real PostScript printer.
- PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
+ PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX
CUPS doesn't limit itself to "real" PostScript printers in its usage
of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the scope of the PPD
concept, to also describe available device and driver options for
@@ -9199,7 +9199,7 @@ the supplied PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its printers appear as
PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a PostScript
RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code into a
proper raster print format.
- PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
+ PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows
CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a
"core" PostScript driver (now recommended is the "CUPS PostScript
Driver for WindowsNT/2K/XP"; you can also use the Adobe one, with
@@ -9215,13 +9215,13 @@ which always remain unfiltered per definition; enable clients to
driver, even for many different target printers.
Using CUPS PPDs on Windows clients enables these to control
all print job settings just as a UNIX client can do too.
- Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
+ Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients
This setup may be of special interest to people experiencing major
problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude of
non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of
different printer models. This often imposes the price of much
increased instability.
- Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many
+Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many
Problems
The reason is that in Win NT printer drivers run in "Kernel
Mode", this introduces a high risk for the stability of the system
@@ -9238,7 +9238,7 @@ might be because there have so far only been 2 different PostScript
drivers: the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are
very well tested and are as stable as you ever can imagine on
Windows. The CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one.
- Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
+ Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations
In many cases, in an attempt to work around this problem, site
administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed
on their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This
@@ -9246,7 +9246,7 @@ however restricts the clients in the amount of printer options
available for them; often they can't get out more than simplex
prints from one standard paper tray, while their devices could do much
better, if driven by a different driver! )
-
Using a PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, seems to be a very
elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. There are, depending
on the version of Windows OS you use, up to 3 different PostScript
@@ -9258,8 +9258,8 @@ is a certain price for this too: a CUPS server acting as a PostScript
RIP for its clients requires more CPU and RAM than when just acting as
a "raw spooling" device. Plus, this setup is not yet widely tested,
although the first feedbacks look very promising.
- PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel
-Mode
+ PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel
+Mode
More recent printer drivers on W2K and XP don't run in Kernel mode
(unlike Win NT) any more. However, both operating systems can still
use the NT drivers, running in Kernel mode (you can roughly tell which
@@ -9275,14 +9275,14 @@ development efforts. This is what the CUPS people have done. The
license doesn't allow them to publish the whole of the source code.
However, they have released the "diff" under the GPL, and if you are
owner of an "MS DDK for Win NT", you can check the driver yourself.
- Setting up CUPS for driver Download
+ Setting up CUPS for driver Download
As we have said before: all previously known methods to prepare client
printer drivers on the Samba server for download and "Point'n'Print"
convenience of Windows workstations are working with CUPS too. These
methods were described in the previous chapter. In reality, this is a
pure Samba business, and only relates to the Samba/Win client
relationship.
- cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
+ cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility
The cupsaddsmb utility (shipped with all current CUPS versions) is an
alternative method to transfer printer drivers into the Samba
[print$] share. Remember, this share is where
@@ -9307,10 +9307,10 @@ job-billing)
However, currently only Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by the
CUPS drivers. You will need to get the respective part of Adobe driver
too if you need to support Windows 95, 98, and ME clients.
- Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb
+ Prepare your smb.conf for cupsaddsmb
Prior to running cupsaddsmb, you need the following settings in
smb.conf:
- Example 19.3. smb.conf for cupsaddsmb usage | [global] | load printers = yes | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | browseable = no | public = yes | # setting depends on your requirements | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root | | [print$] | comment = Printer Drivers | path = /etc/samba/drivers | browseable = yes | guest ok = no | read only = yes | write list = root |
CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
+ Example 19.3. smb.conf for cupsaddsmb usage | [global] | load printers = yes | printing = cups | printcap name = cups | | [printers] | comment = All Printers | path = /var/spool/samba | browseable = no | public = yes | # setting depends on your requirements | guest ok = yes | writable = no | printable = yes | printer admin = root | | [print$] | comment = Printer Drivers | path = /etc/samba/drivers | browseable = yes | guest ok = no | read only = yes | write list = root |
CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from http://www.cups.org/software.html.
It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as
CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for Samba
@@ -9325,8 +9325,8 @@ cups-samba.readme
cups-samba.remove
cups-samba.ss
-
-
+
+
These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software
"EPM". The *.install and
*.remove files are simple shell scripts, which
@@ -9363,7 +9363,7 @@ copy/move the file (after running the
right place.
root# cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/
-
+
This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free of
charge. No complete source code is provided (yet). The reason is this:
it has been developed with the help of the Microsoft Driver
@@ -9372,7 +9372,7 @@ Studio 6. Driver developers are not allowed to distribute the whole of
the source code as Free Software. However, CUPS developers released
the "diff" in source code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of
Visual Studio and a DDK will be able to compile for him/herself.
- Recognize the different Driver Files
+ Recognize the different Driver Files
The CUPS drivers don't support the "older" Windows 95/98/ME, but only
the Windows NT/2000/XP client:
Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:
@@ -9392,7 +9392,7 @@ support of WinNT/2k/XP are present in , the Adobe ones will be ignored
and the CUPS ones will be used. If you prefer -- for whatever reason
-- to use Adobe-only drivers, move away the 3 CUPS driver files. The
Win95/98/ME clients use the Adobe drivers in any case.
- Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
+ Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files
Acquiring the Adobe driver files seems to be unexpectedly difficult
for many users. They are not available on the Adobe website as single
files and the self-extracting and/or self-installing Windows-exe is
@@ -9405,8 +9405,8 @@ Generic PostScript printer. After this, the client's
where you can get them with smbclient from the CUPS host. A more
detailed description about this is in the next (the CUPS printing)
chapter.
- ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for
-WinNT/2k/XP"
+ ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for
+WinNT/2k/XP"
Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install their "Samba
Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. Retrieve the driver
files from the normal download area of the ESP Print Pro software
@@ -9421,7 +9421,7 @@ driver files; i.e. mainly setup the [print$]
share, etc. The ESP Print Pro package includes the CUPS driver files
as well as a (licensed) set of Adobe drivers for the Windows 95/98/ME
client family.
-
Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually
moved the cups.hlp file to
/usr/share/cups/drivers/), the driver is
@@ -9432,7 +9432,7 @@ tree with WIN40 and
"cupsaddsmb" (see also man cupsaddsmb for
CUPS since release 1.1.16).
Tip
-
+
You may need to put root into the smbpasswd file by running
smbpasswd; this is especially important if you
should run this whole procedure for the first time, and are not
@@ -9454,7 +9454,7 @@ installations in the /usr/share/cups/drivers/
directory. The new cupsaddsmb (from 1.1.16) will
automatically prefer "its own" drivers if it finds both.
-
+
Should your Win clients have had the old ADOBE*.*
files for the Adobe PostScript driver installed, the download and
installation of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP
@@ -9472,7 +9472,7 @@ which uses that particular driver. You need to "delete" all printers
using this driver in the "Printers" folder first. You will need
Administrator privileges to do this.
-
+
Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver to a
client, you can easily switch all printers to this one by proceeding
as described in the printing chapter: either change
@@ -9480,14 +9480,14 @@ a driver for an existing printer by running the "Printer Properties"
dialog, or use rpcclient with the
setdriver sub-command.
- Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
+Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
You are interested in a comparison between the CUPS and the Adobe
PostScript drivers? For our purposes these are the most important
items which weigh in favor of the CUPS ones:
no hassle with the Adobe EULA no hassle with the question “Where do I
get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?”
-
+
the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD
associated with them) often put a PJL header in front of the main
PostScript part of the print file. Thus the printfile starts with
@@ -9497,10 +9497,10 @@ of %!PS). This leads to the
CUPS daemon auto-typing the incoming file as a print-ready file,
not initiating a pass through the "pstops" filter (to speak more
technically, it is not regarded as the generic MIME type
-
+
application/postscript, but as
the more special MIME type
-
+
application/cups.vnd-postscript),
which therefore also leads to the page accounting in
/var/log/cups/page_log not
@@ -9530,7 +9530,7 @@ not disturb any other applications as they will regard it as a comment
and simply ignore it). the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the
fully fledged CUPS IPP client for Windows NT/2K/XP to be released soon
(probably alongside the first Beta release for CUPS
-1.2).
Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
+1.2). Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)
The cupsaddsmb command copies the needed files into your
[print$] share. Additionally, the PPD
associated with this printer is copied from
@@ -9539,7 +9539,7 @@ associated with this printer is copied from
Windows client installations via Point'n'Print. Before we can run the
command successfully, we need to be sure that we can authenticate
towards Samba. If you have a small network you are probably using user
-level security (security = user).
+level security (security = user).
Here is an example of a successfully run cupsaddsmb command.
@@ -9550,7 +9550,7 @@ To share all printers and drivers, use th
-a parameter instead of a printer name. Since
cupsaddsmb "exports" the printer drivers to Samba, it should be
obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated.
- Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
+ Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output
Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the
-v parameter to get a more verbose output. The
output below was edited for better readability: all "\" at the end of
@@ -9559,7 +9559,7 @@ indentation here:
Warning
You will see the root password for the Samba account printed on
screen.
-
+
root# cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105
Password for root required to access localhost via GANDALF:
Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' \
@@ -9626,11 +9626,11 @@ you'll discover error messages like NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION in
between. They occur, because the directories WIN40 and W32X86 already
existed in the [print$] driver download share
(from a previous driver installation). They are harmless here.
-
What has happened? What did cupsaddsmb do? There are five stages of
the procedure
-
+
call the CUPS server via IPP and request the
driver files and the PPD file for the named printer; store the files temporarily in the local
TEMPDIR (as defined in
@@ -9638,11 +9638,11 @@ TEMPDIR (as defined in
[print$] share and put the files into the
share's WIN40 (for Win95/98/ME) and W32X86/ (for WinNT/2k/XP) sub
directories;
-
+
connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and
execute the "adddriver" command with the correct
parameters;
-
+
connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second
time and execute the "setdriver" command.
Note, that you can run the cupsaddsmb utility with parameters to
@@ -9653,7 +9653,7 @@ life most people will have their CUPS and Samba servers run on the
same host):
root# cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername
- How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully
+ How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully
You must always check if the utility completed
successfully in all fields. You need as a minimum these 3 messages
amongst the output:
@@ -9674,7 +9674,7 @@ It is impossible to see any diagnostic output if you don't run
cupsaddsmb in verbose mode. Therefore we strongly recommend to not
use the default quiet mode. It will hide any problems from you which
might occur.
- cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
+ cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC
You can't get the standard cupsaddsmb command to run on a Samba PDC?
You are asked for the password credential all over again and again and
the command just will not take off at all? Try one of these
@@ -9686,18 +9686,18 @@ variations:
(Note the two backslashes: the first one is required to
"escape" the second one).
-
Here is a chart about the procedures, commandflows and
dataflows of the "cupaddsmb" command. Note again: cupsaddsmb is
not intended to, and does not work with, "raw" queues!
- Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
+ Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
After cupsaddsmb completed, your driver is prepared for the clients to
use. Here are the steps you must perform to download and install it
via "Point'n'Print". From a Windows client, browse to the CUPS/Samba
server;
- open the Printers
+ open the Printers
share of Samba in Network Neighbourhood; right-click on the printer in
question; from the opening context-menu select
Install... or
@@ -9712,7 +9712,7 @@ an application like Winword, the new printer will appears in a
\\SambaServer\PrinterName entry in the
dropdown list of available printers.
Note
-
+
cupsaddsmb will only reliably work with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher
and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer
driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually
@@ -9727,7 +9727,7 @@ functions. (Note that user "ntadmin" needs to be a valid Samba user
with the required privileges to access the printershare) This would
set up the printer connection in the traditional
LanMan way (not using MS-RPC).
- Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the
+Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the
Client
Soooo: printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print
well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts,
@@ -9753,7 +9753,7 @@ get a printout at all) (Adobe) Sometimes you can choose : in case of problems try 2
instead of 3 (the latest ESP Ghostscript package
handles Level 3 PostScript very well) (Adobe). Say Yes to PostScript
-Error Handler (Adobe) Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
+Error Handler (Adobe)Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
rpcclient)
Of course you can run all the commands which are embedded into the
cupsaddsmb convenience utility yourself, one by one, and hereby upload
@@ -9762,17 +9762,17 @@ and prepare the driver files for future client downloads.
printer should be there. We are providing the driver
now); copy all files to
[print$]
-
+
run rpcclient adddriver
(for each client architecture you want to support):
-
+
run rpcclient
setdriver.
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
We are going to do this now. First, read the man page on "rpcclient"
to get a first idea. Look at all the printing related
sub-commands. enumprinters,
@@ -9783,7 +9783,7 @@ the MS-RPC protocol. You can use it to query (and command) a Win NT
(or 2K/XP) PC too. MS-RPC is used by Windows clients, amongst other
things, to benefit from the "Point'n'Print" features. Samba can now
mimic this too.
- A Check of the rpcclient man Page
+ A Check of the rpcclient man Page
First let's have a little check of the rpcclient man page. Here are
two relevant passages:
@@ -9816,13 +9816,13 @@ printer driver associated with an installed printer. The printer
driver must already be correctly installed on the print server.
See also the enumprinters and enumdrivers commands for
obtaining a list of installed printers and drivers.
- Understanding the rpcclient man page
+ Understanding the rpcclient man page
The exact format isn't made too clear by the man
page, since you have to deal with some parameters containing
spaces. Here is a better description for it. We have line-broken the
command and indicated the breaks with "\". Usually you would type the
command in one line without the linebreaks:
-
+
adddriver "Architecture" \
"LongPrinterName:DriverFile:DataFile:ConfigFile:HelpFile:\
LanguageMonitorFile:DataType:ListOfFiles,Comma-separated"
@@ -9850,9 +9850,9 @@ box now, and access it from a UNIX workstation. We will query it
with rpcclient to see what it tells us and
try to understand the man page more clearly which we've read just
now.
- Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
-
-
+ Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box
+
+
We could run rpcclient with a
getdriver or a getprinter
subcommand (in level 3 verbosity) against it. Just sit down at UNIX or
@@ -9863,7 +9863,7 @@ following command:
From the result it should become clear which is which. Here is an
example from my installation:
-
+
root# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER \
-c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3'
cmd = getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3
@@ -9895,16 +9895,16 @@ Some printer drivers list additional files under the label
ListOfFiles,Comma-separated. For the CUPS
PostScript drivers we don't need any (nor would we for the Adobe
PostScript driver): therefore the field will get a "NULL" entry.
- What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
+ What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed
From the manpage (and from the quoted output
of cupsaddsmb, above) it becomes clear that you
need to have certain conditions in order to make the manual uploading
and initializing of the driver files succeed. The two rpcclient
-
+
subcommands (adddriver and
setdriver) need to encounter the following
pre-conditions to complete successfully:
- Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
+Samba. Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
We are going to install a printer driver now by manually executing all
required commands. As this may seem a rather complicated process at
first, we go through the procedure step by step, explaining every
@@ -9943,7 +9943,7 @@ to the CUPS system. The printer is accessed via a socket
(a.k.a. JetDirect or Direct TCP/IP) connection. You need to be root
for this step
(optional) Check if the Printer is recognized by
-Samba
+Samba
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn
flags:[0x800000]
name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
@@ -9961,7 +9961,7 @@ following steps. Alternatively you can authenticate as one of the
users from the "write list" as defined in smb.conf for
[print$].
(optional) Check if Samba knows a Driver for the
-Printer
+Printer
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
| grep driver
drivername:[]
@@ -10018,7 +10018,7 @@ The driver files now are in the W32X86 architecture "root" of
[print$].
Tell Samba that these are
Driver Files
-(adddriver)
+(adddriver)
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \
cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD: \
cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL" \
@@ -10051,7 +10051,7 @@ total 5039
Notice how step 6 did also move the driver files to the appropriate
subdirectory. Compare with the situation after step 5.
(optional) Verify if Samba now recognizes the
-Driver
+Driver
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost \
| grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername
Printer Driver Info 3:
@@ -10066,7 +10066,7 @@ Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
Remember, this command greps for the name you did choose for the
driver in step Six. This command must succeed before you can proceed.
Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver
-Files (setdriver)
+Files (setdriver)
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost
Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername
@@ -10077,7 +10077,7 @@ setdriver command to succeed. The only pre-conditions are:
enumdrivers must find the driver and
enumprinters must find the printer.
(optional) Verify if Samba has this Association
-recognized
+recognized
root# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
| grep driver
drivername:[mydrivername]
@@ -10115,14 +10115,14 @@ Printer Driver Info 3:
comment:[mysmbtstprn]
-
+
Compare these results with the ones from steps 2 and 3. Note that
every single of these commands show the driver is installed. Even
the enumprinters command now lists the driver
on the "description" line.
(optional) Tickle the Driver into a correct
Device Mode
-
+
You certainly know how to install the driver on the client. In case
you are not particularly familiar with Windows, here is a short
recipe: browse the Network Neighbourhood, go to the Samba server, look
@@ -10146,7 +10146,7 @@ Change any printer setting once (like changing "portr
"landscape"), click Apply; change the setting
back.
Install the Printer on a Client
-("Point'n'Print")
+("Point'n'Print")
C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
If it doesn't work it could be a permission problem with the
@@ -10164,7 +10164,7 @@ RPCCLIENT-INSTALLED PRINTER" - why not just throw it away!
Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your
Success
root# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." >> /var/log/samba/log.smbd
- Troubleshooting revisited
+ Troubleshooting revisited
The setdriver command will fail, if in Samba's mind the queue is not
already there. You had promising messages about the:
@@ -10179,7 +10179,7 @@ a disappointing message like this one beneath?
result was NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL
-
+
It is not good enough that you
can see the queue in CUPS, using
the lpstat -p ir85wm command. A
@@ -10189,12 +10189,12 @@ fails unless you re-start Samba or send a HUP to all smbd
processes. To verify if this is the reason why Samba doesn't
execute the setdriver command successfully, check if Samba "sees"
the printer:
-
+
root# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep ir85wm
printername:[ir85wm]
An alternative command could be this:
-
+
root# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm'
cmd = getprinter ir85wm
flags:[0x800000]
@@ -10204,20 +10204,20 @@ An alternative command could be this:
BTW, you can use these commands, plus a few more, of course,
to install drivers on remote Windows NT print servers too!
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Some mystery is associated with the series of files with a
tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are
connections.tdb,
@@ -10232,7 +10232,7 @@ tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are
ntprinters.tdb,
sessionid.tdb and
secrets.tdb. What is their purpose?
-
+
A Windows NT (Print) Server keeps track of all information needed to serve
its duty toward its clients by storing entries in the Windows
"Registry". Client queries are answered by reading from the registry,
@@ -10245,7 +10245,7 @@ or /var/lock/samba/ . The printing related files
are ntprinters.tdb,
printing.tdb,ntforms.tdb and
ntdrivers.tdb.
-
*.tdb files are not human readable. They are
written in a binary format. "Why not ASCII?", you may ask. "After all,
ASCII configuration files are a good and proofed tradition on UNIX."
@@ -10258,7 +10258,7 @@ same time. The file format of Samba's
*.tdb files allows for this provision. Many smbd
processes may write to the same *.tdb file at the
same time. This wouldn't be possible with pure ASCII files.
-
It is very important that all *.tdb files remain
consistent over all write and read accesses. However, it may happen
that these files do get corrupted. (A
@@ -10268,7 +10268,7 @@ etc.). In cases of trouble, a deletion of the old printing-related
*.tdb files may be the only option. You need to
re-create all print related setup after that. Or you have made a
backup of the *.tdb files in time.
-
Samba ships with a little utility which helps the root user of your
system to back up your *.tdb files. If you run it
with no argument, it prints a little usage message:
@@ -10297,10 +10297,10 @@ ntprinters.tdb sessionid.tdb
-rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb
-rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb.bak
- CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
+ CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can
install the generic driver as follows:
-
+
root# lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
The -m switch will retrieve the
@@ -10319,7 +10319,7 @@ best used for each printer. Its database is kept current by the
tireless work of Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft, who is also the
principal author of the foomatic-rip utility.
Note
-
+
The former "cupsomatic" concept is now be replaced by the new, much
more powerful "foomatic-rip". foomatic-rip is the successor of
cupsomatic. cupsomatic is no longer maintained. Here is the new URL
@@ -10330,7 +10330,7 @@ not work with PPDs generated for the old cupsomatic. The new-style
PPDs are 100% compliant to the Adobe PPD specification. They are
intended to be used by Samba and the cupsaddsmb utility also, to
provide the driver files for the Windows clients also!
- foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
+ foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained
Nowadays most Linux distros rely on the utilities of Linuxprinting.org
to create their printing related software (which, BTW, works on all
UNIXes and on Mac OS X or Darwin too). It is not known as well as it
@@ -10347,7 +10347,7 @@ its Foomatic<
database. Currently there are 245 drivers
in the database: many drivers support various models, and many models
may be driven by different drivers; it's your choice!
-
+
At present there are 690 devices dubbed as working "perfectly", 181
"mostly", 96 "partially" and 46 are "Paperweights". Keeping in mind
that most of these are non-PostScript models (PostScript printers are
@@ -10358,7 +10358,7 @@ doesn't also scan and copy and fax under GNU/Linux: then this is a
truly astonishing achievement. Three years ago the number was not
more than 500, and Linux or UNIX "printing" at the time wasn't
anywhere near the quality it is today!
- How the "Printing HOWTO" started it all
+
"Why the funny name?", you ask. When it really took off, around spring
2000, CUPS was far less popular than today, and most systems used LPD,
LPRng or even PDQ to print. CUPS shipped with a few generic "drivers"
@@ -10395,7 +10395,7 @@ developments available for CUPS; It made available a lot of addit
to CUPS users (because often the "traditional" Ghostscript way of
printing was the only one available); It gave all the advanced CUPS options (web interface,
GUI driver configurations) to users wanting (or needing) to use
-Ghostscript filters. cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
+Ghostscript filters. cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
CUPS worked through a quickly-hacked up filter script named cupsomatic.
cupsomatic ran the printfile through Ghostscript, constructing
automatically the rather complicated command line needed. It just
@@ -10429,8 +10429,8 @@ Foomatic up to versions 2.0.x required (ugly) Perl data structures
attached the Linuxprinting.org PPDs for CUPS. It had a different
"*omatic" script for every spooler, as well as different printer
configuration files..
- The Grand Unification
-achieved...
+ The Grand Unification
+achieved...
This all has changed in Foomatic versions 2.9 (Beta) and released as
"stable" 3.0. This has now achieved the convergence of all *omatic
scripts: it is called the foomatic-rip.
@@ -10465,7 +10465,7 @@ sizes for many printers; and it will support printing on media drawn
from different paper trays within the same job (in both cases: even
where there is no support for this from Windows-based vendor printer
drivers).
- Driver Development outside
+ Driver Development outside
Most driver development itself does not happen within
Linuxprinting.org. Drivers are written by independent maintainers.
Linuxprinting.org just pools all the information, and stores it in its
@@ -10488,7 +10488,7 @@ effort, started by Michael Sweet (also lead developer for CUPS), now
directed by Robert Krawitz, which has achieved an amazing level of
photo print quality (many Epson users swear that its quality is
better than the vendor drivers provided by Epson for the Microsoft
-platforms). This currently supports 522 models. Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and
+platforms). This currently supports 522 models.Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and
commercial UNIX
Linuxprinting.org today is the one-stop "shop" to download printer
drivers. Look for printer information and tutorials
@@ -10509,7 +10509,7 @@ of the Foomatic project.
Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job in his
spare time to maintain Linuxprinting.org and Foomatic. So if you use
it often, please send him a note showing your appreciation.
- Foomatic Database generated PPDs
+ Foomatic Database generated PPDs
The Foomatic database is an amazing piece of ingenuity in itself. Not
only does it keep the printer and driver information, but it is
organized in a way that it can generate "PPD" files "on the fly" from
@@ -10534,7 +10534,7 @@ GUI tools (like KDE's marvellous "gtklp", "xpp" and the CUPS
web interface) read the PPD too and use this information to present
the available settings to the user as an intuitive menu selection.
-
foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
+ foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation
Here are the steps to install a foomatic-rip driven "LaserJet 4 Plus"
compatible printer in CUPS (note that recent distributions of SuSE,
UnitedLinux and Mandrake may ship with a complete package of
@@ -10631,7 +10631,7 @@ the driver/model) contain support for a certain "device", representing
the selected "driver" for your model (as shown by "gs
-h") foomatic-rip needs a new version of PPDs (PPD versions
produced for cupsomatic don't work with
-foomatic-rip). Page Accounting with CUPS
+foomatic-rip). Page Accounting with CUPS
Often there are questions regarding "print quotas" wherein Samba users
(that is, Windows clients) should not be able to print beyond a
certain amount of pages or data volume per day, week or month. This
@@ -10644,17 +10644,17 @@ Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts. But then
there is CUPS. CUPS supports "quotas" which can be based on sizes of
jobs or on the number of pages or both, and are spanning any time
period you want.
-
+
This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS,
assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter":
-
+
root# lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 \
-o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100
This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of
data (whichever comes first) within the last 604,800 seconds ( = 1
week).
- Correct and incorrect Accounting
+ Correct and incorrect Accounting
For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS
"pstops" filter, otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some
printfiles don't pass it (eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1
@@ -10669,7 +10669,7 @@ printer is a non-PostScript model, you need to let CUPS do the job to
convert the file to a print-ready format for the target printer. This
will be working for currently about 1,000 different printer models,
see the driver list at linuxprinting.org/.
- Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
+ Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript
Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not
always passed through the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and
@@ -10682,14 +10682,14 @@ From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver for
Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (which is tagged in the download area of
http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). It does
not work for Win9x/ME clients. But it guarantees:
- to not write an PJL-header to still read and support all PJL-options named in the
+ to not write an PJL-header to still read and support all PJL-options named in the
driver PPD with its own means that the file will pass through the "pstops" filter
on the CUPS/Samba server to page-count correctly the
printfile
You can read more about the setup of this combination in the manpage
for "cupsaddsmb" (which is only present with CUPS installed, and only
current from CUPS 1.1.16).
-
These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every
single page of a job:
Printer name User name Job ID Time of printing the page number the number of copies a billing information string
@@ -10709,7 +10709,7 @@ This was job ID "401", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a
from IP address 10.160.50.13. The next job had ID "402", was sent by
user "boss" from IP address 10.160.51.33,printed from one page 440
copies and is set to be billed to "finance-dep".
-
What flaws or shortcomings are there with this quota system?
the ones named above (wrongly logged job in case of
printer hardware failure, etc.) in reality, CUPS counts the job pages that are being
@@ -10723,7 +10723,7 @@ groups no means to read out the current balance or the
"used-up" number of current quota a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will
still be able to send and print a 1,000 sheet job a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota
doesn't get a meaningful error message from CUPS other than
-"client-error-not-possible".
+"client-error-not-possible".
This is the best system currently available, and there are huge
improvements under development for CUPS 1.2:
page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk
@@ -10731,9 +10731,9 @@ directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the
actual printing process: thus a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a
stop in the counting) quotas will be handled more flexibly probably there will be support for users to inquire
their "accounts" in advance probably there will be support for some other tools
-around this topic
PrintAnalyzer, pyKota, printbill, LogReport.
-
A printer queue with no PPD associated to it is a
"raw" printer and all files will go directly there as received by the
spooler. The exceptions are file types "application/octet-stream"
@@ -10803,15 +10803,15 @@ the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no user is
allowed to have direct access (such as when the operators often need
to load the proper paper type before running the 10,000 page job
requested by marketing for the mailing, etc.).
- Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
+ Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files
Samba print files pass through two "spool" directories. One is the
-incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the path = /var/spool/samba directive in the
+incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the path = /var/spool/samba directive in the
[printers] section of
smb.conf). The other is the spool directory of
your UNIX print subsystem. For CUPS it is normally
/var/spool/cups/, as set by the cupsd.conf
directive RequestRoot /var/spool/cups.
- CUPS Configuration Settings explained
+ CUPS Configuration Settings explained
Some important parameter settings in the CUPS configuration file
cupsd.conf are:
- PreserveJobHistory Yes
@@ -10835,26 +10835,26 @@ maximum to 0 disables this functionality. The default setting is
(There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and
"MaxJobsPerPrinter"...)
-
For everything to work as announced, you need to have three
things:
a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check
on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`") a Samba-smb.conf setting of
- printing = cups another Samba-smb.conf setting of
- printcap = cups
Note
+ printing = cups another Samba-smb.conf setting of
+ printcap = cups Note
In this case all other manually set printing-related commands (like
-print command,
-lpq command,
-lprm command,
-lppause command or
-lpresume command) are ignored and they should normally have no
+print command,
+lpq command,
+lprm command,
+lppause command or
+lpresume command) are ignored and they should normally have no
influence what-so-ever on your printing.
-
-If you want to do things manually, replace the printing = cups
-by printing = bsd. Then your manually set commands may work
-(haven't tested this), and a print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s"
+
+If you want to do things manually, replace the printing = cups
+by printing = bsd. Then your manually set commands may work
+(haven't tested this), and a print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s"
may do what you need.
-
If you have more problems, post the output of these commands
to the CUPS or Samba mailing lists (choose the one which seems more
relevant to your problem):
@@ -10868,7 +10868,7 @@ compact way. Don't forget to name the CUPS and Samba versions you
are using! This saves bandwidth and makes for easier readability
for experts (and you are expecting experts to read them, right?
;-)
- Printing from CUPS to Windows attached
+Printing from CUPS to Windows attached
Printers
From time to time the question arises, how you can print
to a Windows attached printer
@@ -10945,22 +10945,22 @@ doesn't require a password! Printing will only work if you have a
working netbios name resolution up and running. Note that this is a
feature of CUPS and you don't necessarily need to have smbd running
(but who wants that? :-).
- More CUPS filtering Chains
+ More CUPS filtering Chains
The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
Note
Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
- Win9x client can't install driverFor Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8
+ Win9x client can't install driverFor Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8
chars (or "8 plus 3 chars suffix") max; otherwise the driver files
won't get transferred when you want to download them from
-Samba. "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in
- neverending loopHave you security = user? Have
+Samba. "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in
+ neverending loopHave you security = user? Have
you used smbpasswd to give root a Samba account?
You can do 2 things: open another terminal and execute
smbpasswd -a root to create the account, and
continue with entering the password into the first terminal. Or break
out of the loop by hitting ENTER twice (without trying to type a
-password). "cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..."
+password)."cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..."
message while PPD file is presentHave you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means:
do you have a <Location
/printers>....</Location> section in CUPS
@@ -10973,13 +10973,13 @@ an issue if you use cupsaddsmb remotely, or if you use it with a
"TempDir" directive in
cupsd.conf
set to a valid value and is it writeable?
- Client can't connect to Samba printerUse smbstatus to check which user
+ Client can't connect to Samba printerUse smbstatus to check which user
you are from Samba's point of view. Do you have the privileges to
write into the [print$]
-share? Can't reconnect to Samba under new account
+share?Can't reconnect to Samba under new account
from Win2K/XPOnce you are connected as the "wrong" user (for
example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have
-map to guest = bad user), Windows Explorer will not accept an
+map to guest = bad user), Windows Explorer will not accept an
attempt to connect again as a different user. There won't be any byte
transfered on the wire to Samba, but still you'll see a stupid error
message which makes you think that Samba has denied access. Use
@@ -10997,32 +10997,32 @@ with smbstatus that you are connected under a
different account. Now open the "Printers" folder (on the Samba server
in the Network Neighbourhood), right-click the
printer in question and select
-Connect... Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
+Connect...Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
"wrong" userYou see per smbstatus that you are
connected as user "nobody"; while you wanted to be "root" or
"printeradmin"? This is probably due to
-map to guest = bad user, which silently connects you under the guest account,
+map to guest = bad user, which silently connects you under the guest account,
when you gave (maybe by accident) an incorrect username. Remove
-map to guest, if you want to prevent
-this. Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on
+map to guest, if you want to prevent
+this.Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on
NT/2K/XP clients gives problemsFirst delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then
delete all "old" Adobe drivers. (On Win2K/XP, right-click in
background of "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties...", select
-tab "Drivers" and delete here). Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is
+tab "Drivers" and delete here).Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is
a PDCDo you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it
this way: cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v
printername> (note the two backslashes: the first one is
-required to "escape" the second one). Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shownDeleting a printer on the client won't delete the
+required to "escape" the second one). Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shownDeleting a printer on the client won't delete the
driver too (to verify, right-click on the white background of the
"Printers" folder, select "Server Properties" and click on the
"Drivers" tab). These same old drivers will be re-used when you try to
install a printer with the same name. If you want to update to a new
driver, delete the old ones first. Deletion is only possible if no
-other printer uses the same driver. Win2K/XP "Local Security
+other printer uses the same driver.Win2K/XP "Local Security
Policies"Local Security Policies may not
allow the installation of unsigned drivers. "Local Security Policies"
may not allow the installation of printer drivers at
-all. WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install
+all.WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install
printers for all local users"Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis.
This means every user needs to install the printer himself. To have a
printer available for everybody, you might want to use the built-in
@@ -11030,11 +11030,11 @@ IPP client capabilities of WinXP. Add a printer with the print path of
http://cupsserver:631/printers/printername.
Still looking into this one: maybe a "logon script" could
automatically install printers for all
-users. "Print Change Notify" functions on
+users."Print Change Notify" functions on
NT-clientsFor "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients,
these need to run the "Server" service first (re-named to
File & Print Sharing for MS Networks in
-XP). WinXP-SP1 introduced a Point and Print
+XP). WinXP-SP1 introduced a Point and Print
Restriction Policy (this restriction doesn't apply to
"Administrator" or "Power User" groups of users). In Group Policy
Object Editor: go to User Configuration,
@@ -11044,7 +11044,7 @@ Printers. The policy is automatically set to
and Print to machines in their Forest . You probably need
to change it to Disabled or Users can
only Point and Print to these servers in order to make
-driver downloads from Samba possible. Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XPHow are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not
+driver downloads from Samba possible. Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XPHow are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not
very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring
you to a dialog that seems to set everything. All
three dialogs look the same. Only one of them
@@ -11084,12 +11084,12 @@ Do you see any difference? I don't either... However, only the last
one, which you arrived at with steps "C.1.-6." will save any settings
permanently and be the defaults for new users. If you want all clients
to get the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps as
-Administrator (printer admin in
+Administrator (printer admin in
smb.conf) before a client
downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own
per-user defaults by following the
procedures A. or B.
-above). Most common blunders in driver
+above).Most common blunders in driver
settings on Windows clientsDon't use Optimize for
Speed: use Optimize for
Portability instead (Adobe PS Driver) Don't use
@@ -11102,7 +11102,7 @@ printer (Adobe PS Driver). For
TrueType Download Options
choose Outline. Use PostScript
Level 2, if you are having trouble with a non-PS printer, and if
-there is a choice. cupsaddsmb does not work
+there is a choice.cupsaddsmb does not work
with newly installed printerSymptom: the last command of
cupsaddsmb doesn't complete successfully:
cmd = setdriver printername printername result was
@@ -11112,20 +11112,20 @@ Neighbourhood? Did it show up in rpcclient
hostname -c 'enumprinters'? Restart smbd (or send a
kill -HUP to all processes listed by
smbstatus and try
-again. Permissions on
/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each
rebootHave you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to
the same location? (RequestRoot
/var/spool/samba/ in cupsd.conf or
the other way round: /var/spool/cups/ is set as
-path> in the [printers]
+path> in the [printers]
section). These must be different. Set
RequestRoot /var/spool/cups/ in
-cupsd.conf and path =
+cupsd.conf and path =
/var/spool/samba in the [printers]
section of smb.conf. Otherwise cupsd will
sanitize permissions to its spool directory with each restart, and
-printing will not work reliably. Printer named "lp"
+printing will not work reliably.Printer named "lp"
intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different
onesIt is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This
is the traditional UNIX name for the default printer. CUPS may be set
@@ -11137,28 +11137,28 @@ receive his jobs and send your own to his device unwittingly. To have
tight control over the printer names, set BrowseShortNames
No. It will present any printer as "printername@cupshost"
then, giving you a better control over what may happen in a large
-networked environment. Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"Use smbclient to connect to any
+networked environment. Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"Use smbclient to connect to any
Windows box with a shared PostScript printer: smbclient
//windowsbox/print\$ -U guest. You can navigate to the
W32X86/2 subdir to mget ADOBE*
and other files or to WIN40/0 to do the same. --
Another option is to download the *.exe packaged
-files from the Adobe website. An Overview of the CUPS Printing ProcessesChapter 20. Stackable VFS modulesSimo Sorceoriginal vfs_skel READMEAlexander Bokovoyoriginal vfs_netatalk docsStefan MetzmacherUpdate for multiple modules
+files from the Adobe website. An Overview of the CUPS Printing ProcessesChapter 20. Stackable VFS modulesSimo Sorceoriginal vfs_skel READMEAlexander Bokovoyoriginal vfs_netatalk docsStefan MetzmacherUpdate for multiple modules
Since Samba-3, there is support for stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules.
Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules.
This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to
some external modules.
-
If not supplied with your platform distribution binary Samba package you may have problems
to compile these modules, as shared libraries are compiled and linked in different ways
on different systems. They currently have been tested against GNU/Linux and IRIX.
To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below. The
-important parameter is the vfs objects parameter where
+important parameter is the vfs objects parameter where
you can list one or more VFS modules by name. For example, to log all access
to files and put deleted files in a recycle bin:
- Example 20.1. smb.conf with VFS modules | [audit] | comment = Audited /data directory | path = /data | vfs objects = audit recycle | writeable = yes | browseable = yes |
+ Example 20.1. smb.conf with VFS modules | [audit] | comment = Audited /data directory | path = /data | vfs objects = audit recycle | writeable = yes | browseable = yes |
The modules are used in the order in which they are specified.
@@ -11170,25 +11170,25 @@ directory in the root directory of the samba installation (usually
Some modules can be used twice for the same share.
This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
- Example 20.2. smb.conf with multiple VFS modules | [test] | comment = VFS TEST | path = /data | writeable = yes | browseable = yes | vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test | example1: parameter = 1 | example: parameter = 5 | test: parameter = 7 |
-
+ Example 20.2. smb.conf with multiple VFS modules | [test] | comment = VFS TEST | path = /data | writeable = yes | browseable = yes | vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test | example1: parameter = 1 | example: parameter = 5 | test: parameter = 7 |
+
A simple module to audit file access to the syslog
facility. The following operations are logged:
-
This module is identical with the audit module above except
that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The
loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file.
The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by
- the log level parameter in smb.conf. The
+ the log level parameter in smb.conf. The
following information will be recorded:
- Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information Log Level | Log Details - File and Directory Operations |
---|
0 | Creation / Deletion | 1 | Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes | 2 | Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close |
+ Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information Log Level | Log Details - File and Directory Operations |
---|
0 | Creation / Deletion | 1 | Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes | 2 | Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close |
This module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server
under Unix) as read only. This module will if installed on the Profiles share will report to the client
that the Profile files and directories are writable. This satisfies the client even though the files
will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down.
-
A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call
will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle
directory instead of being deleted. This gives the same
@@ -11210,12 +11210,12 @@ This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
these directories are deleted, they are not put into the
recycle bin, but deleted in the regular way.
recycle:noversionsOpposite of recycle:versions. If both options are specified, this one takes precedence.
-
A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and
netatalk file sharing services.
Advantages compared to the old netatalk module:
it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync if a share in smb.conf doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically
- VFS modules available elsewhere
+ VFS modules available elsewhere
This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that
have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS
tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer
@@ -11223,7 +11223,7 @@ to have his or her own CVS tree).
No statements about the stability or functionality of any module
should be implied due to its presence here.
-
+
URL: http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php
By Eric Lorimer.
I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only
@@ -11238,13 +11238,13 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches,
etc... If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone
else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem.
- URL: http://www.openantivirus.org/
samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which
uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0
alphaX. Of course, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support.
samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained
by Rainer Link.
- Chapter 21. Winbind: Use of Domain AccountsNaag MummaneniNotes for SolarisChapter 21. Winbind: Use of Domain AccountsNaag MummaneniNotes for Solaris
Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has
been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for
a long time.
@@ -11278,7 +11278,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
If winbindd is not running, then smbd (which calls winbindd) will fall back to
using purely local information from /etc/passwd and /etc/group and no dynamic
mapping will be used.
- It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have
+ It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have
different models for representing user and group information and
use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has
made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory
@@ -11299,7 +11299,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and
groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple
and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon
- problem. Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by
+ problem. Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by
allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once
this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if
they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain
@@ -11323,7 +11323,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled
applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing
passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single
- location (on the domain controller). Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an
+ location (on the domain controller). Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an
existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish
to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these
organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to
@@ -11333,12 +11333,12 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances
that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks
will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of
- the appliance into the domain. The winbind system is designed around a client/server
+ the appliance into the domain. The winbind system is designed around a client/server
architecture. A long running winbindd daemon
listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests
to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM
clients and processed sequentially. The technologies used to implement winbind are described
- in detail below. Microsoft Remote Procedure CallsOver the last few years, efforts have been underway
+ in detail below. Microsoft Remote Procedure CallsOver the last few years, efforts have been underway
by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of
the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This
system is used for most network related operations between
@@ -11351,7 +11351,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate
NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying
a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the
- NT account information onto UNIX user and group names. Microsoft Active Directory Services
+ NT account information onto UNIX user and group names. Microsoft Active Directory Services
Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to
interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native
Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services.
@@ -11360,7 +11360,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing
provide a much more efficient and
effective winbind implementation.
- The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
+ The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is
present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system
information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information
to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone
@@ -11397,7 +11397,7 @@ passwd: files example
is to put libnss_winbind.so in /lib/
then add "winbind" into /etc/nsswitch.conf at
the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to
- resolve user and group names. Pluggable Authentication ModulesPluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
+ resolve user and group names. Pluggable Authentication ModulesPluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM,
is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization
technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different
authentication methods for different system applications without
@@ -11422,7 +11422,7 @@ passwd: files example
is copied to /lib/security/ and the PAM
control files for relevant services are updated to allow
authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation
- for more details. User and Group ID AllocationWhen a user or group is created under Windows NT
+ for more details. User and Group ID AllocationWhen a user or group is created under Windows NT
is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is
slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are
used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify
@@ -11435,7 +11435,7 @@ passwd: files example
time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups
to UNIX user ids and group ids. The results of this mapping are stored persistently in
an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that
- RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way. An active system can generate a lot of user and group
+ RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way. An active system can generate a lot of user and group
name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind
uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied
by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned
@@ -11446,7 +11446,7 @@ passwd: files example
the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry.
If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information
is discarded and up to date information is requested directly
- from the PDC. Installation and ConfigurationInstallation and Configuration
This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and
running. Winbind is capable of providing access
and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT
@@ -11467,7 +11467,7 @@ well for SAMBA services.
SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you. That said, I am no NT or PAM
expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish
these tasks.
-
If you have a Samba configuration file that you are currently
using... BACK IT UP! If your system already uses PAM,
back up the /etc/pam.d directory
@@ -11494,7 +11494,7 @@ winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident
on your system. For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that
means pam-0.74-22. For best results, it is helpful to also
install the development packages in pam-devel-0.74-22.
-
Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA
related daemons running on your server. Kill off all smbd,
nmbd, and winbindd processes that may
@@ -11505,7 +11505,7 @@ services, several pam libraries, and the /usr/doc
and /usr/man entries for pam. Winbind built better
in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed. This package includes
the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications.
- Configure nsswitch.conf and the
+Configure nsswitch.conf and the
winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris
The libraries needed to run the winbindd daemon
through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so
@@ -11540,7 +11540,7 @@ is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually:
This makes libnss_winbind available to winbindd
and echos back a check to you.
- (This section is only for those running AIX)
+ (This section is only for those running AIX)
The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the
nsswitch directory of the samba source. This file can be copied to
/usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it
@@ -11560,14 +11560,14 @@ Programming Concepts for AIX":
"System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices".
-
Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control
the behavior of winbindd. Configure
smb.conf These are described in more detail in
the winbindd(8) man page. My
smb.conf file was modified to
include the following entries in the [global] section:
- Example 21.1. smb.conf for winbind set-up | [global] | ... | # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username | winbind separator = + | # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users | idmap uid = 10000-20000 | # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups | winbind gid = 10000-20000 | # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups | winbind enum users = yes | winbind enum groups = yes | # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access) | template homedir = /home/winnt/%D/%U | template shell = /bin/bash |
Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain
+ Example 21.1. smb.conf for winbind set-up | [global] | ... | # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username | winbind separator = + | # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users | idmap uid = 10000-20000 | # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups | winbind gid = 10000-20000 | # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups | winbind enum users = yes | winbind enum groups = yes | # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access) | template homedir = /home/winnt/%D/%U | template shell = /bin/bash |
Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain
Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the
PDC domain, where DOMAIN is the name of
your Windows domain and Administrator is
@@ -11578,7 +11578,7 @@ a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain.
The proper response to the command should be: "Joined the domain
DOMAIN" where DOMAIN
is your DOMAIN name.
- Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!
+ Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!
Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to
automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of
SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind
@@ -11620,7 +11620,7 @@ your PDC. For example, I get the following response:
CEO+krbtgt
CEO+TsInternetUser
- Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my winbind separator is '+'.
+ Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my winbind separator is '+'.
You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from
the PDC:
@@ -11649,7 +11649,7 @@ directories and default shells.
The same thing can be done for groups with the command
root# getent group
- Fix the init.d startup scriptsFix the init.d startup scripts
The winbindd daemon needs to start up after the
smbd and nmbd daemons are running.
To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system.
@@ -11715,7 +11715,7 @@ stop() {
echo ""
return $RETVAL
}
- Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the Portability chapter for details. On Solaris, you need to modify the
+ Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the Portability chapter for details. On Solaris, you need to modify the
/etc/init.d/samba.server startup script. It usually
only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you
have samba installed in /usr/local/samba/bin,
@@ -11778,11 +11778,11 @@ in the script above with:
/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B
-
If you restart the smbd, nmbd, and winbindd daemons at this point, you
should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as
if you were a local user.
- Configure Winbind and PAM
+ Configure Winbind and PAM
If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working
together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other
services, keep reading. The pam configuration files need to be altered in
@@ -11802,7 +11802,7 @@ your other pam security modules. On my RedHat system, this was the
modules reside in /usr/lib/security.
root# cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security
- Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration
+ Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration
The /etc/pam.d/samba file does not need to be changed. I
just left this file as it was:
@@ -11829,7 +11829,7 @@ have individual directories for the domain users already present on
the server, or change the home directory template to a general
directory for all domain users. These can be easily set using
the smb.conf global entry
-template homedir.
+template homedir.
The /etc/pam.d/ftp file can be changed
to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the
@@ -11865,7 +11865,7 @@ above it, to disallow root logins over the network. I also added a
sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass
line after the winbind.so line to get rid of annoying
double prompts for passwords.
- Solaris-specific configuration
+ Solaris-specific configuration
The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain
users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes
that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but
@@ -11937,12 +11937,12 @@ annoying double prompts for passwords.
Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you
configured in the pam.conf.
- The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service
+ The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service
Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate
Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless
integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a
UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative
- cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network. Winbind has a number of limitations in its current
+ cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network. Winbind has a number of limitations in its current
released version that we hope to overcome in future
releases: Winbind is currently only available for
the Linux, Solaris, AIX and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating
@@ -11957,18 +11957,18 @@ configured in the pam.conf.
containing this information is corrupted or destroyed. Currently the winbind PAM module does not take
into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions
that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is
- instead up to the PDC to enforce.
Note
+ instead up to the PDC to enforce. Note
Do NOT under ANY circumstances run nscd on any system
on which winbind is running.
If nscd is running on the UNIX/Linux system, then
even though NSSWITCH is correctly configured it will NOT be possible to resolve
domain users and groups for file and directory controls.
- Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management
+ Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management
This section documents peripheral issues that are of great importance to network
administrators who want to improve network resource access control, to automate the user
environment, and to make their lives a little easier.
-
+
Often the difference between a working network environment and a well appreciated one can
best be measured by the little things that makes everything work more
harmoniously. A key part of every network environment solution is the ability to remotely
@@ -11978,7 +11978,7 @@ network operations.
This chapter presents information on each of these area. They are placed here, and not in
other chapters, for ease of reference.
- Remote Server Administration
+ Remote Desktop Management
+ Remote Desktop Management
There are a number of possible remote desktop management solutions that range from free
through costly. Do not let that put you off. Sometimes the most costly solutions is the
most cost effective. In any case, you will need to draw your own conclusions as to which
is the best tool in your network environment.
- Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
+ Remote Management from NoMachines.Com
The following information was posted to the Samba mailing list at Apr 3 23:33:50 GMT 2003.
It is presented in slightly edited form (with author details omitted for privacy reasons).
The entire answer is reproduced below with some comments removed.
@@ -12085,7 +12085,7 @@ is the best tool in your network environment.
NoMachine are encouraging and offering help to OSS/Free Software implementations
for such a frontend too, even if it means competition to them (they have written
to this effect even to the LTSP, KDE and GNOME developer mailing lists)
- Network Logon Script Magic
+ Network Logon Script Magic
This section needs work. Volunteer contributions most welcome. Please send your patches or updates
to John Terpstra.
@@ -12175,7 +12175,7 @@ This is the genlogon.pl file:
Those wishing to use more elaborate or capable logon processing system should check out the following sites:
- Adding printers without user intervention
+ Adding printers without user intervention
Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the use of:
@@ -12183,17 +12183,17 @@ Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the u
See the documentation in the Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105.
-
The information provided in this chapter has been reproduced from postings on the samba@samba.org
mailing list. No implied endorsement or recommendation is offered. Administrators should conduct
their own evaluation of alternatives and are encouraged to draw their own conclusions.
- Chapter 23. System and Account Policies
+ Chapter 23. System and Account Policies
This chapter summarises the current state of knowledge derived from personal
practice and knowledge from samba mailing list subscribers. Before reproduction
of posted information effort has been made to validate the information provided.
Where additional information was uncovered through this validation it is provided
also.
-
+
When MS Windows NT3.5 was introduced the hot new topic was the ability to implement
Group Policies for users and group. Then along came MS Windows NT4 and a few sites
started to adopt this capability. How do we know that? By way of the number of "booboos"
@@ -12214,7 +12214,7 @@ network client workstations.
A tool new to Samba may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators'
arsenal. The editreg tool is described in this document.
- Creating and Managing System Policies
+ Creating and Managing System Policies
Under MS Windows platforms, particularly those following the release of MS Windows
NT4 and MS Windows 95) it is possible to create a type of file that would be placed
in the NETLOGON share of a domain controller. As the client logs onto the network
@@ -12249,7 +12249,7 @@ be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for "Group Polic
What follows is a very brief discussion with some helpful notes. The information provided
here is incomplete - you are warned.
-
+
You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me.
It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under
tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit. Install this using the
@@ -12275,7 +12275,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
grouppol.inf. Log off and on again a couple of times and see
if Win98 picks up group policies. Unfortunately this needs to be done on every
Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies.
- Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
+ Windows NT4 Style Policy Files
To create or edit ntconfig.pol you must use the NT Server
Policy Editor, poledit.exe which is included with NT4 Server
but not NT Workstation. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4
@@ -12296,14 +12296,14 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template
files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible
location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft.
-
+
With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not
automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the
NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the
hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known
as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must
be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date.
- MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
+ MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies
Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to
users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4
style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also.
@@ -12340,7 +12340,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
to any number of concurrently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows
the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability
exists with NT4 style policy files.
- Administration of Win2K / XP Policies
+ Administration of Win2K / XP Policies
Instead of using the tool called The System Policy Editor, commonly called Poledit (from the
executable name poledit.exe), GPOs are created and managed using a
Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in as follows:
@@ -12366,7 +12366,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used
to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you
use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information.
-
Managing Account/User Policies
+ Managing Account/User Policies
Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting
policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using
the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not necessary.
@@ -12393,7 +12393,7 @@ MS Windows NT4/200x/XP allows per domain as well as per user account restriction
Common restrictions that are frequently used includes:
-
+
A new tool called editreg is under development. This tool can be used
to edit registry files (called NTUser.DAT) that are stored in user and group profiles.
NTConfig.POL files have the same structure as the NTUser.DAT file and can be editted using
@@ -12402,17 +12402,17 @@ Common restrictions that are frequently used includes:
extended capabilities. It is proving difficult to realise this capability, so do not be surprised
if this feature does not materialise. Formal capabilities will be announced at the time that
this tool is released for production use.
-
The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are:
The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe).
Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) with appropriate
"snap-ins", the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor.
-
With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes:
smbpasswd, pdbedit, net, rpcclient.
The administrator should read the
man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use.
- System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
+ System Startup and Logon Processing Overview
The following attempts to document the order of processing of system and user policies following a system
reboot and as part of the user logon:
@@ -12442,10 +12442,10 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon:
The User Interface as determined from the GPOs is presented. Note: In a Samba domain (like and NT4
Domain) machine (system) policies are applied at start-up, User policies are applied at logon.
-
Policy related problems can be very difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to rectify. The following
collection demonstrates only basic issues.
-
+
“We have created the config.pol file and put it in the NETLOGON share.
It has made no difference to our Win XP Pro machines, they just don't see it. IT worked fine with Win 98 but does not
work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints?”
@@ -12453,7 +12453,7 @@ work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints?”
Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based
platforms. You need to use the NT4 Group Policy Editor to create a file called NTConfig.POL so that
it is in the correct format for your MS Windows XP Pro clients.
- Chapter 24. Desktop Profile ManagementChapter 24. Desktop Profile Management
Roaming Profiles are feared by some, hated by a few, loved by many, and a Godsend for
some administrators.
@@ -12466,7 +12466,7 @@ problem to others. In particular, users of mobile computing tools, where often t
be a sustained network connection, are often better served by purely Local Profiles.
This chapter provides information to help the Samba administrator to deal with those
situations also.
- Warning
Roaming profiles support is different for Win9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x.
Before discussing how to configure roaming profiles, it is useful to see how
@@ -12479,9 +12479,9 @@ profiles are restricted to being stored in the user's home directory.
Windows NT4/200x clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields,
including a separate field for the location of the user's profiles.
- Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
+ Samba Configuration for Profile Handling
This section documents how to configure Samba for MS Windows client profile support.
-
+
To support Windows NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the
following (for example):
@@ -12502,8 +12502,8 @@ semantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u.
MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server
between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the homes
meta-service name as part of the profile share path.
- Windows 9x / Me User Profiles
- To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the logon home parameter. Samba has
+ Windows 9x / Me User Profiles
+ To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the logon home parameter. Samba has
now been fixed so that net use /home now works as well, and it, too, relies
on the logon home parameter.
@@ -12517,11 +12517,11 @@ of your home directory called .profiles (thus making t
Not only that, but net use /home will also work, because of a feature in
Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area
and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you
-specified \\%L\%U for logon home.
- Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles
+specified \\%L\%U for logon home.
+ Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles
You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the
-logon home and logon path parameters. For example:
- logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles | logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u |
Disabling Roaming Profile Support
+logon home and logon path parameters. For example:
+ logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles | logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u |
Disabling Roaming Profile Support
A question often asked is “How may I enforce use of local profiles?” or
“How do I disable Roaming Profiles?”
@@ -12556,15 +12556,15 @@ profiles.
The specifics of how to convert a local profile to a roaming profile, or a roaming profile
to a local one vary according to the version of MS Windows you are running. Consult the
Microsoft MS Windows Resource Kit for your version of Windows for specific information.
- Windows Client Profile Configuration InformationWindows 9x / Me Profile Setup
+ Windows Client Profile Configuration InformationWindows 9x / Me Profile Setup
When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created,
as are folders Start Menu, Desktop,
Programs and Nethood.
These directories and their contents will be merged with the local
versions stored in c:\windows\profiles\username on subsequent logins,
taking the most recent from each. You will need to use the [global]
-options preserve case = yes, short preserve case = yes and
-case sensitive = no in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts
+options preserve case = yes, short preserve case = yes and
+case sensitive = no in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts
in any of the profile folders.
The user.DAT file contains all the user's preferences. If you wish to
@@ -12601,7 +12601,7 @@ will inform you that The user has not logged on befor
Do you wish to save the user's preferences?. Select yes.
Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able
-to examine the contents of the directory specified in the logon path
+to examine the contents of the directory specified in the logon path
on the samba server and verify that the Desktop, Start Menu,
Programs and Nethood folders have been created.
@@ -12650,7 +12650,7 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".
log off the windows 9x / Me client.
- check the contents of the profile path (see logon path described
+ check the contents of the profile path (see logon path described
above), and delete the user.DAT or user.MAN file for the user,
making a backup if required.
@@ -12662,14 +12662,14 @@ If you have access to an Windows NT4/200x server, then first set up roaming prof
and / or netlogons on the Windows NT4/200x server. Make a packet trace, or examine
the example packet traces provided with Windows NT4/200x server, and see what the
differences are with the equivalent samba trace.
-
When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile
NTuser.DAT is created. The profile location can be now specified
-through the logon path parameter.
+through the logon path parameter.
There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles:
-logon drive. This should be set to H: or any other drive, and
-should be used in conjunction with the new logon home parameter.
+logon drive. This should be set to H: or any other drive, and
+should be used in conjunction with the new logon home parameter.
The entry for the NT4 profile is a _directory_ not a file. The NT
help on profiles mentions that a directory is also created with a .PDS
@@ -12691,7 +12691,7 @@ turns a profile into a mandatory one.
The case of the profile is significant. The file must be called
NTuser.DAT or, for a mandatory profile, NTuser.MAN.
- Windows 2000/XP Professional
+ Windows 2000/XP Professional
You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain
profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows:
@@ -12740,7 +12740,7 @@ On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account.
Click: , Type: mmc Click: OK A Microsoft Management Console should appear. Click: , , Double-Click: Group Policy Click: Finish, Close Click: OK In the "Console Root" window: Expand: Local Computer Policy, Computer Configuration,
Administrative Templates, System, User Profiles Double-Click: Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders Select: Enabled Click: OK Close the whole console. You do not need to save the settings (this
refers to the console settings rather than the policies you have
- changed). Reboot
Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
+ changed). Reboot Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
Sharing of desktop profiles between Windows versions is NOT recommended.
Desktop profiles are an evolving phenomenon and profiles for later versions
of MS Windows clients add features that may interfere with earlier versions
@@ -12752,17 +12752,17 @@ on again with the newer version of MS Windows.
If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will
need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters
-that need to be common are logon path and
-logon home.
+that need to be common are logon path and
+logon home.
If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate user.DAT and
NTuser.DAT files in the same profile directory.
- Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
+ Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba
There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the
location of users' profiles. Therefore, you could specify that the
profile be stored on a samba server, or any other SMB server, as long as
that SMB server supports encrypted passwords.
- Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools
+ Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools
Unfortunately, the Resource Kit information is specific to the version of MS Windows
NT4/200x. The correct resource kit is required for each platform.
@@ -12779,13 +12779,13 @@ domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.
c:\temp\foobarClick on the button Change in the Permitted to use box. Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click OK. This closes the
'choose user' box. Now click OK.
Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate.
-
You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do
-this. Read the man page.
+this. Read the man page.
The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes
the security of a profile from one user to another. This allows the account
domain to change, and/or the user name to change.
-
You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0
Resource Kit.
@@ -12798,7 +12798,7 @@ users who have logged on to this computer. (To find the profile information
for the user whose locally cached profile you want to move, find the SID for
the user with the GetSID.exe utility.) Inside of the appropriate user's
subkey, you will see a string value named ProfileImagePath.
-
A Mandatory Profile is a profile that the user does NOT have the ability to overwrite.
During the user's session it may be possible to change the desktop environment, but
as the user logs out all changes made will be lost. If it is desired to NOT allow the
@@ -12814,7 +12814,7 @@ file in the copied profile and rename it to NTUser.MAN.
For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the User.DAT file that must be renamed to User.MAN to
affect a mandatory profile.
- Creating/Managing Group Profiles
+ Creating/Managing Group Profiles
Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benefit in
this fact since usually most users in a department will require the same desktop
applications and the same desktop layout. MS Windows NT4/200x/XP will allow the
@@ -12829,14 +12829,14 @@ the now modified profile.
Note
Be careful with group profiles, if the user who is a member of a group also
has a personal profile, then the result will be a fusion (merge) of the two.
- Default Profile for Windows Users
+ Default Profile for Windows Users
MS Windows 9x / Me and NT4/200x/XP will use a default profile for any user for whom
a profile does not already exist. Armed with a knowledge of where the default profile
is located on the Windows workstation, and knowing which registry keys affect the path
from which the default profile is created, it is possible to modify the default profile
to one that has been optimised for the site. This has significant administrative
advantages.
-
+
To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the Windows 98 System
Policy Editor or change the registry directly.
@@ -12848,7 +12848,7 @@ select User Profiles, click on the enable box. Do
To modify the registry directly, launch the Registry Editor (regedit.exe), select the hive
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon. Now add a DWORD type key with the name
"User Profiles", to enable user profiles set the value to 1, to disable user profiles set it to 0.
- How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?
+ How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?
When a user logs on to a Windows 9x / Me machine, the local profile path,
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList, is checked
for an existing entry for that user:
@@ -12864,7 +12864,7 @@ If a User Profile is not found in either location, the Default User Profile from
machine is used and is copied to a newly created folder for the logged on user. At log off, any
changes that the user made are written to the user's local profile. If the user has a roaming
profile, the changes are written to the user's profile on the server.
- MS Windows NT4 Workstation
+ MS Windows NT4 Workstation
On MS Windows NT4 the default user profile is obtained from the location
%SystemRoot%\Profiles which in a default installation will translate to
C:\WinNT\Profiles. Under this directory on a clean install there will be
@@ -12927,7 +12927,7 @@ are controlled by entries on Windows NT4 is:
The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are:
- Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values Name | Default Value |
---|
AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Application Data | Desktop | %USERPROFILE%\Desktop | Favorites | %USERPROFILE%\Favorites | NetHood | %USERPROFILE%\NetHood | PrintHood | %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood | Programs | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs | Recent | %USERPROFILE%\Recent | SendTo | %USERPROFILE%\SendTo | Start Menu | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu | Startup | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup |
+ Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values Name | Default Value |
---|
AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Application Data | Desktop | %USERPROFILE%\Desktop | Favorites | %USERPROFILE%\Favorites | NetHood | %USERPROFILE%\NetHood | PrintHood | %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood | Programs | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs | Recent | %USERPROFILE%\Recent | SendTo | %USERPROFILE%\SendTo | Start Menu | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu | Startup | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup |
The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is:
@@ -12935,8 +12935,8 @@ The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is:
The default entries are:
- Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys Common Desktop | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop | Common Programs | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs | Common Start Menu | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu | Common Startup | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup |
- Note
+ Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys Common Desktop | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop | Common Programs | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs | Common Start Menu | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu | Common Startup | %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup |
+ Note
MS Windows XP Home Edition does use default per user profiles, but can not participate
in domain security, can not log onto an NT/ADS style domain, and thus can obtain the profile
only from itself. While there are benefits in doing this the beauty of those MS Windows
@@ -12985,7 +12985,7 @@ are controlled by entries on Windows 200x/XP is:
The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are:
- Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys Name | Default Value |
---|
AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Application Data | Cache | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files | Cookies | %USERPROFILE%\Cookies | Desktop | %USERPROFILE%\Desktop | Favorites | %USERPROFILE%\Favorites | History | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History | Local AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data | Local Settings | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings | My Pictures | %USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures | NetHood | %USERPROFILE%\NetHood | Personal | %USERPROFILE%\My Documents | PrintHood | %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood | Programs | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs | Recent | %USERPROFILE%\Recent | SendTo | %USERPROFILE%\SendTo | Start Menu | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu | Startup | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup | Templates | %USERPROFILE%\Templates |
+ Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys Name | Default Value |
---|
AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Application Data | Cache | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files | Cookies | %USERPROFILE%\Cookies | Desktop | %USERPROFILE%\Desktop | Favorites | %USERPROFILE%\Favorites | History | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History | Local AppData | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data | Local Settings | %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings | My Pictures | %USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures | NetHood | %USERPROFILE%\NetHood | Personal | %USERPROFILE%\My Documents | PrintHood | %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood | Programs | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs | Recent | %USERPROFILE%\Recent | SendTo | %USERPROFILE%\SendTo | Start Menu | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu | Startup | %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup | Templates | %USERPROFILE%\Templates |
There is also an entry called "Default" that has no value set. The default entry is of type REG_SZ, all
the others are of type REG_EXPAND_SZ.
@@ -13013,9 +13013,9 @@ A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is cr
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\
winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001
In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout.
-
The following are some typical errors/problems/questions that have been asked.
- Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?
+ Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?
With samba-2.2.x the choice you have is to enable or disable roaming
profiles support. It is a global only setting. The default is to have
roaming profiles and the default path will locate them in the user's home
@@ -13033,7 +13033,7 @@ using the Domain User Manager (as with MS Windows NT4/ Win 2Kx).
In any case, you can configure only one profile per user. That profile can
be either:
- A profile unique to that user A mandatory profile (one the user can not change) A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)
Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
+ A profile unique to that user A mandatory profile (one the user can not change) A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)
Can NOT use Roaming Profiles
A user requested the following:
“
I do not want Roaming profiles to be implemented. I want to give users a local profile alone. ...
@@ -13079,7 +13079,7 @@ Exchange Server back-end. This removes the need for a PST file.
LOCAL profiles mean:
If each machine is used my many users then much local disk storage is needed for local profiles Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile, these can be very different from machine to machine
On the other hand, use of roaming profiles means:
- The network administrator can control the desktop environment of all users. Use of mandatory profiles drasitcally reduces network management overheads. In the long run users will be experience fewer problems.
Changing the default profile
+ The network administrator can control the desktop environment of all users. Use of mandatory profiles drasitcally reduces network management overheads. In the long run users will be experience fewer problems.
Changing the default profile
Question:
“
When the client logs onto the domain controller it searches for a profile to download,
@@ -13104,7 +13104,7 @@ they do not interoperate with domain profiles.
For roaming profiles add to smb.conf:
logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U | # Default logon drive is Z: | logon drive = H: | # This requires a PROFILES share that is world writable. |
- Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
+ Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication
This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled
UNIX/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication
from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba
@@ -13115,7 +13115,7 @@ In addition to knowing how to configure winbind into PAM, you will learn generic
possibilities and in particular how to deploy tools like pam_smbpass.so to your advantage.
Note
The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to the Winbind chapter.
-
A number of UNIX systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux,
now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication,
authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision
@@ -13173,12 +13173,12 @@ of distributed samba domain controllers that can provide wide are network bandwi
efficient authentication services for PAM capable systems. In effect, this allows the
deployment of centrally managed and maintained distributed authentication from a single
user account database.
-
PAM is designed to provide the system administrator with a great deal of flexibility in
configuration of the privilege granting applications of their system. The local
configuration of system security controlled by PAM is contained in one of two places:
either the single system file, /etc/pam.conf; or the /etc/pam.d/ directory.
-
+
In this section we discuss the correct syntax of and generic options respected by entries to these files.
PAM specific tokens in the configuration file are case insensitive. The module paths, however, are case
sensitive since they indicate a file's name and reflect the case dependence of typical file-systems.
@@ -13196,7 +13196,7 @@ is located outside the default then the path must be specified as:
auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so
- Anatomy of /etc/pam.d Entries
+ Anatomy of /etc/pam.d Entries
The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM
project. For more information on PAM, see
The Official Linux-PAM home page
@@ -13365,13 +13365,13 @@ squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \
Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the
side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files
with a call to syslog(3).
- Example System Configurations
+ Example System Configurations
The following is an example /etc/pam.d/login configuration file.
This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable
as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion
of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled
by commenting them out except the calls to pam_pwdb.so.
- PAM: original login config
+PAM: original login config
#%PAM-1.0
# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
#
@@ -13386,7 +13386,7 @@ session required pam_pwdb.so
# session optional pam_lastlog.so
# password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
- PAM: login using pam_smbpass
+ PAM: login using pam_smbpass
PAM allows use of replaceable modules. Those available on a sample system include:
$/bin/ls /lib/security
@@ -13465,8 +13465,8 @@ authentication to be configured in a single central file. The
on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in
life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the
PAM documentation for further helpful information.
- smb.conf PAM Configuration
- There is an option in smb.conf called obey pam restrictions.
+ smb.conf PAM Configuration
+ There is an option in smb.conf called obey pam restrictions.
The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT;
When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e.
@@ -13476,11 +13476,11 @@ and session management directives. The default behavior
is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to
ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always
ignores PAM for authentication in the case of
-encrypt passwords = yes.
+encrypt passwords = yes.
The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response
authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB
password encryption.
- Default: obey pam restrictions = no Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
+ Default: obey pam restrictions = no Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so
All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials acceptable to the platform.
UNIX requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID).
These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such
@@ -13506,7 +13506,7 @@ Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as reduction of wide area net
The rid to unix id database is the only location where the user and group mappings are
stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd
to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user and group rids.
- Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
+ Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so
pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to
keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix
password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported
@@ -13519,7 +13519,7 @@ concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is
recommended that you use pam_winbind instead.
Options recognized by this module are as follows:
- Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass debug | log more debugging info | audit | like debug, but also logs unknown usernames | use_first_pass | don't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead | try_first_pass | try to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user | use_authtok | like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only) | not_set_pass | don't make passwords used by this module available to other modules. | nodelay | don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure. | nullok | null passwords are allowed. | nonull | null passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration. | migrate | only meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication. | smbconf=file | specify an alternate path to the smb.conf file. |
+ Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass debug | log more debugging info | audit | like debug, but also logs unknown usernames | use_first_pass | don't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead | try_first_pass | try to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user | use_authtok | like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only) | not_set_pass | don't make passwords used by this module available to other modules. | nodelay | don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure. | nullok | null passwords are allowed. | nonull | null passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration. | migrate | only meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication. | smbconf=file | specify an alternate path to the smb.conf file. |
Andrew Morgan, for providing the Linux-PAM
framework, without which none of this would have happened Christian Gafton and Andrew Morgan again, for the
@@ -13530,7 +13530,7 @@ Options recognized by this module are as follows:
The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux
/etc/pam.d/ files structure. Those wishing to implement this
tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately.
- Password Synchronisation Configuration
+ Password Synchronisation Configuration
A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make
sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow)
is changed. Useful when an expired password might be changed by an
@@ -13546,7 +13546,7 @@ password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
session required pam_unix.so
- Password Migration Configuration
+ Password Migration Configuration
A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate
from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba. Unlike other methods,
this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares:
@@ -13565,7 +13565,7 @@ password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
session required pam_unix.so
- Mature Password Configuration
+ Mature Password Configuration
A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation.
private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if
the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the UNIX password.
@@ -13580,7 +13580,7 @@ password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass
session required pam_unix.so
- Kerberos Password Integration Configuration
+ Kerberos Password Integration Configuration
A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with
pam_krb5. This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of
a Kerberos realm.
@@ -13596,10 +13596,10 @@ password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3
password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass
session required pam_krb5.so
-
PAM can be a very fickle and sensitive to configuration glitches. Here we look at a few cases from
the Samba mailing list.
-
+
“
I have the following PAM configuration:
”
@@ -13627,11 +13627,11 @@ password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
/etc/pam.d/system-auth and copy only what you need from it into your
/etc/pam.d/login file. Alternatively, if you want all services to use
winbind, you can put the winbind-specific stuff in /etc/pam.d/system-auth.
- Winbind is not resolving users and groups
+ Winbind is not resolving users and groups
“
My smb.conf file is correctly configured. I have specified
- idmap uid = 12000,
- and idmap gid = 3000-3500
+ idmap uid = 12000,
+ and idmap gid = 3000-3500
and winbind is running. When I do the following it all works fine.
”
@@ -13668,7 +13668,7 @@ This is driving me nuts! What can be wrong?
Your system is likely running nscd, the name service
caching daemon. Shut it down, do NOT restart it! You will find your problem resolved.
- Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
+ Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba
This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If
your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this
section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of
@@ -13679,7 +13679,7 @@ NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problem
to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as
NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete
and utter mis-apprehension.
-
Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP
networking as it is implemented in a UNIX/Linux operating system. Likewise, many UNIX and
Linux administrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based
@@ -13687,7 +13687,7 @@ networking (and may have no desire to be either).
This chapter gives a short introduction to the basics of how a name can be resolved to
it's IP address for each operating system environment.
-
Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking
without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS
name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over
@@ -13700,14 +13700,14 @@ Name Service or WINS), TCP port 139 AND TCP port 445 (for actual file and print
When NetBIOS over TCP/IP is disabled the use of DNS is essential. Most installations that
disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS requires
-
+
Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR).
-
+
Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control
over client workstation network configuration.
- Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world
+ Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world
The key configuration files covered in this section are:
- /etc/hosts /etc/resolv.conf /etc/host.conf /etc/nsswitch.conf
+ /etc/hosts /etc/resolv.conf /etc/host.conf /etc/nsswitch.conf
Contains a static list of IP addresses and names.
eg:
@@ -13723,7 +13723,7 @@ layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media
Access Control address, or MAC address. IP addresses are currently
32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal
numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1.
-
+
MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented
as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg:
40:8e:0a:12:34:56
@@ -13756,7 +13756,7 @@ MAC addresses only; their own unique address and the address
ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will
contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each
interface.
-
+
The /etc/hosts file is foundational to all
UNIX/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain
the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the
@@ -13764,7 +13764,7 @@ primary names by which they are known within the local machine.
This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name
resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution
becomes available.
-
This file tells the name resolution libraries:
The name of the domain to which the machine
belongs
@@ -13774,7 +13774,7 @@ This file tells the name resolution libraries:
The name or IP address of available Domain
Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address
translation lookups
-
/etc/host.conf is the primary means by
which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a
critical configuration file. This file controls the order by
@@ -13785,7 +13785,7 @@ multi on
then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the
man page for host.conf for further details.
-
This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The
file typically has resolver object specifications as follows:
@@ -13816,7 +13816,7 @@ facilities and/or services are correctly configured.
It should be noted that unless a network request/message must be
sent, TCP/IP networks are silent. All TCP/IP communications assumes a
principal of speaking only when necessary.
-
+
Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to
the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will
be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP
@@ -13829,7 +13829,7 @@ the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. At this point it
will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by its NetBIOS
machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to
which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong.
- Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
+ Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine
is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as
the "computer name", "machine name", "networking name", "netbios name",
@@ -13844,14 +13844,14 @@ name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by
the client/server.
The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations:
- Table 26.1. Unique NetBIOS names MACHINENAME<00> | Server Service is running on MACHINENAME | MACHINENAME<03> | Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name) | MACHINENAME<20> | LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME | WORKGROUP<1b> | Domain Master Browser |
Table 26.2. Group Names WORKGROUP<03> | Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP | WORKGROUP<1c> | Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers | WORKGROUP<1d> | Local Master Browsers | WORKGROUP<1e> | Internet Name Resolvers |
-
+ Table 26.1. Unique NetBIOS names MACHINENAME<00> | Server Service is running on MACHINENAME | MACHINENAME<03> | Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name) | MACHINENAME<20> | LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME | WORKGROUP<1b> | Domain Master Browser |
Table 26.2. Group Names WORKGROUP<03> | Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP | WORKGROUP<1c> | Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers | WORKGROUP<1d> | Local Master Browsers | WORKGROUP<1e> | Internet Name Resolvers |
+
It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own
names as per the above. This is in vast contrast to TCP/IP
installations where traditionally the system administrator will
determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names
are associated with each IP address.
-
+
One further point of clarification should be noted, the /etc/hosts
file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information
that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may
@@ -13889,7 +13889,7 @@ NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP.
MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms.
Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is
limited to this area.
-
+
All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is
stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external
machines that that machine has communicated with over the
@@ -13903,11 +13903,11 @@ an attempt to exchange a message with that machine will be subject
to time-out delays. i.e.: Its name is in the cache, so a name resolution
lookup will succeed, but the machine can not respond. This can be
frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol.
-
+
The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS
name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this
is called nmblookup.
-
This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or
2000 in C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC and contains
the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The
@@ -13993,14 +13993,14 @@ It typically looks like:
# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
# end of this file.
-
This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in
C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC and contains
the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be
used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending
on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in
every way the equivalent of the UNIX/Linux /etc/hosts file.
-
This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network
configuration facility. If enabled, an elaborate name resolution sequence
is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on how the NetBIOS
@@ -14011,7 +14011,7 @@ cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to
Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the
WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast
lookup is used.
-
A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivalent of the
rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores
the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client
@@ -14026,11 +14026,11 @@ needed in the smb.conf file:
where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address
of the WINS server.
For information about setting up Samba as a WINS server, read
- the chapter on network browsing.
TCP/IP network configuration problems find every network administrator sooner or later.
The cause can be anything from keyboard mishaps, forgetfulness, simple mistakes, and
carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!
- Pinging works only in one way
+ Pinging works only in one way
“I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can
not ping my Windows machine from the samba server.”
@@ -14040,9 +14040,9 @@ carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!
Due to inconsistent netmasks, the Windows machine was on network 192.168.1.0/24, while
the Samba server was on network 192.168.1.128/25 - logically a different network.
- Very Slow Network Connections
+ Very Slow Network Connections
A common causes of slow network response includes:
- Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic
Samba server name change problem
+ Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic
Samba server name change problem
“The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be
pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using
the old name. Why?”
@@ -14082,7 +14082,7 @@ GANDALF <20> UNIQUE 192.168.1.1 240
The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (i.e.: Identity information on
the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache.
The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation.
- Chapter 27. Unicode/CharsetsChapter 27. Unicode/Charsets
Every industry eventually matures. One of the great areas of maturation is in
the focus that has been given over the past decade to make it possible for anyone
anywhere to use a computer. It has not always been that way, in fact, not so long
@@ -14096,7 +14096,7 @@ special mention.
Samba-2.x supported a single locale through a mechanism called
codepages. Samba-3 is destined to become a truly trans-global
file and printer sharing platform.
- What are charsets and unicode?
+ What are charsets and unicode?
Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be
translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned
to a certain number depends on the character set(charset)
@@ -14122,46 +14122,46 @@ communicating.
negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you
have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an older client.
Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire.
-
As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally,
samba knows of three kinds of character sets:
- - unix charset
+ - unix charset
This is the charset used internally by your operating system.
The default is UTF-8, which is fine for most
systems. The default in previous samba releases was ASCII.
- - display charset
This is the charset samba will use to print messages
+ - display charset
This is the charset samba will use to print messages
on your screen. It should generally be the same as the unix charset.
- - dos charset
This is the charset samba uses when communicating with
+ - dos charset
This is the charset samba uses when communicating with
DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients.
The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system.
Run testparm -v | grep "dos charset" to see
what the default is on your system.
-
Conversion from old namesBecause previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion,
+ Conversion from old namesBecause previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion,
characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only
for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients. Bjoern Jacke has written a utility named convm that can convert whole directory
structures to different charsets with one single command.
- Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are
-points of attention when setting it up: Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are
+points of attention when setting it up: You should set mangling method = hash There are various iconv() implementations around and not
all of them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem
in CP932. libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and
-does not work with EUC-JP. You should set dos charset = CP932, not
-Shift_JIS, SJIS... Currently only unix charset = CP932
+does not work with EUC-JP. You should set dos charset = CP932, not
+Shift_JIS, SJIS... Currently only unix charset = CP932
will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues.
-unix charset = EUC-JP doesn't work well because of
-iconv() issues. Currently Samba 3.0 does not support unix charset = UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*
More information (in Japanese) is available at: http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html. “Samba is complaining about a missing CP850.so file”. CP850 is the default dos charset. The dos charset is used to convert data to the codepage used by your dos clients. If you don't have any dos clients, you can safely ignore this message. CP850 should be supported by your local iconv implementation. Make sure you have all the required packages installed. If you compiled samba from source, make sure configure found iconv. “Samba is complaining about a missing CP850.so file”. CP850 is the default dos charset. The dos charset is used to convert data to the codepage used by your dos clients. If you don't have any dos clients, you can safely ignore this message. CP850 should be supported by your local iconv implementation. Make sure you have all the required packages installed. If you compiled samba from source, make sure configure found iconv. Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques
This chapter did not make it into this release.
It is planned for the published release of this document.
-
We need feedback from people who are backing up samba servers.
We would like to know what software tools you are using to backup
your samba server/s.
In particular, if you have any success and / or failure stories you could
share with other users this would be appreciated.
- Chapter 29. High Availability OptionsChapter 29. High Availability Options
This chapter did not make it into this release.
It is planned for the published release of this document.
- Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0
Major new features:
Active Directory support. This release is able to join a ADS realm
@@ -14207,20 +14207,20 @@ Major new features:
Major updates to the Samba documentation tree.
Plus lots of other improvements!
- Configuration Parameter Changes
+ Configuration Parameter Changes
This section contains a brief listing of changes to smb.conf options
in the 3.0.0 release. Please refer to the smb.conf(5) man page for
complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
- (order alphabetically): admin log alternate permissions character set client codepage code page directory coding system domain admin group domain guest group force unknown acl user nt smb support post script printer driver printer driver file printer driver location status total print jobs use rhosts valid chars vfs options
(new parameters have been grouped by function): Remote management abort shutdown script shutdown script
User and Group Account Management Authentication auth methods ads server realm
Protocol Options client lanman auth client NTLMv2 auth client schannel client signing client use spnego disable netbios ntlm auth paranoid server security server schannel smb ports use spnego
File Service get quota command hide special files hide unwriteable files hostname lookups kernel change notify mangle prefix msdfs proxy set quota command use sendfile vfs objects
Printing UNICODE and Character Sets display charset dos charset unicode unix charset
SID to uid/gid Mappings idmap backend idmap gid idmap only idmap uid
LDAP ldap delete dn ldap group suffix ldap idmap suffix ldap machine suffix ldap passwd sync ldap trust ids ldap user suffix
General Configuration preload modules privatedir
Modified Parameters (changes in behavior):encrypt passwords (enabled by default) mangling method (set to 'hash2' by default) passwd chat passwd program restrict anonymous (integer value) security (new 'ads' value) strict locking (enabled by default) winbind cache time (increased to 5 minutes) winbind uid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap uid') winbind gid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap gid')
+ (order alphabetically): admin log alternate permissions character set client codepage code page directory coding system domain admin group domain guest group force unknown acl user nt smb support post script printer driver printer driver file printer driver location status total print jobs use rhosts valid chars vfs options
(new parameters have been grouped by function): Remote management abort shutdown script shutdown script
User and Group Account Management Authentication auth methods ads server realm
Protocol Options client lanman auth client NTLMv2 auth client schannel client signing client use spnego disable netbios ntlm auth paranoid server security server schannel smb ports use spnego
File Service get quota command hide special files hide unwriteable files hostname lookups kernel change notify mangle prefix msdfs proxy set quota command use sendfile vfs objects
Printing UNICODE and Character Sets display charset dos charset unicode unix charset
SID to uid/gid Mappings idmap backend idmap gid idmap only idmap uid
LDAP ldap delete dn ldap group suffix ldap idmap suffix ldap machine suffix ldap passwd sync ldap trust ids ldap user suffix
General Configuration preload modules privatedir
Modified Parameters (changes in behavior):encrypt passwords (enabled by default) mangling method (set to 'hash2' by default) passwd chat passwd program restrict anonymous (integer value) security (new 'ads' value) strict locking (enabled by default) winbind cache time (increased to 5 minutes) winbind uid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap uid') winbind gid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap gid')
This section contains brief descriptions of any new databases
introduced in Samba 3.0. Please remember to backup your existing
${lock directory}/*tdb before upgrading to Samba 3.0. Samba will
upgrade databases as they are opened (if necessary), but downgrading
from 3.0 to 2.2 is an unsupported path.
- Table 30.1. TDB File Descriptions Name | Description | Backup? |
---|
account_policy | User policy settings | yes | gencache | Generic caching db | no | group_mapping | Mapping table from Windows groups/SID to unix groups | yes | idmap | new ID map table from SIDS to UNIX uids/gids | yes | namecache | Name resolution cache entries | no | netlogon_unigrp | Cache of universal group membership obtained when operating
+ Table 30.1. TDB File Descriptions Name | Description | Backup? |
---|
account_policy | User policy settings | yes | gencache | Generic caching db | no | group_mapping | Mapping table from Windows groups/SID to unix groups | yes | idmap | new ID map table from SIDS to UNIX uids/gids | yes | namecache | Name resolution cache entries | no | netlogon_unigrp | Cache of universal group membership obtained when operating
as a member of a Windows domain | no | printing/*.tdb | Cached output from 'lpq command' created on a per print
service basis | no | registry | Read-only samba registry skeleton that provides support for
- exporting various db tables via the winreg RPCs | no |
+ exporting various db tables via the winreg RPCs | no |
The following issues are known changes in behavior between Samba 2.2 and
Samba 3.0 that may affect certain installations of Samba.
@@ -14236,11 +14236,11 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
script' that must be specified for this purpose. Samba 3.0 will
not fall back to using the 'add user script' in the absence of
an 'add machine script'
-
You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS
clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter
Unicode support for details.
- Passdb Backends and Authentication
+ Passdb Backends and Authentication
There have been a few new changes that Samba administrators should be
aware of when moving to Samba 3.0.
@@ -14250,15 +14250,15 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
must be created for each user, or (b) 'encrypt passwords = no'
must be explicitly defined in smb.conf.
- Inclusion of new security = ads option for integration
+ Inclusion of new security = ads option for integration
with an Active Directory domain using the native Windows
Kerberos 5 and LDAP protocols.
Samba 3.0 also includes the possibility of setting up chains
of authentication methods
- (auth methods) and account
+ (auth methods) and account
storage backends
- (passdb backend).
+ (passdb backend).
Please refer to the smb.conf
man page and the chapter about account information databases for details. While both parameters assume sane default
values, it is likely that you will need to understand what the
@@ -14267,13 +14267,13 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
Certain functions of the smbpasswd(8) tool have been split between the
new smbpasswd(8) utility, the net(8) tool, and the new pdbedit(8)
utility. See the respective man pages for details.
-
You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS
clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter
Unicode support for details.
-
This section outlines the new features affecting Samba / LDAP integration.
-
+
A new object class (sambaSamAccount) has been introduced to replace
the old sambaAccount. This change aids us in the renaming of attributes
to prevent clashes with attributes from other vendors. There is a
@@ -14315,7 +14315,7 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
sambaIdmapEntry - object storing a mapping between a
SID and a UNIX uid/gid. These objects are created by the
idmap_ldap module as needed.
-
The following new smb.conf parameters have been added to aid in directing
certain LDAP queries when 'passdb backend = ldapsam://...' has been
specified.
@@ -14327,7 +14327,7 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
Due to a limitation in Samba's smb.conf parsing, you should not surround
the DN's with quotation marks.
-
Samba 3.0 supports an ldap backend for the idmap subsystem. The
following options would inform Samba that the idmap table should be
stored on the directory server onterose in the "ou=idmap,dc=plainjoe,
@@ -14336,10 +14336,10 @@ complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
This configuration allows winbind installations on multiple servers to
share a uid/gid number space, thus avoiding the interoperability problems
with NFS that were present in Samba 2.2.
- Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC
+ Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC
This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to
Samba-3 based domain control.
- Planning and Getting Started
+ Planning and Getting Started
In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of
poor planning. The corollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticipated
and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticipate most show stopper type situations.
@@ -14347,7 +14347,7 @@ and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticipate most show stopper typ
Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control
environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to
help migration get under way.
-
+
The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4
to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience
in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment
@@ -14373,7 +14373,7 @@ Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 consider all necessary
should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a welcome one
and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are factors that will
help ensure a successful migration:
-
+
Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called
a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security
domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be
@@ -14393,7 +14393,7 @@ serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems
response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC. If long (more than 100 ms)
locate a backup controller (BDC) on the remote segmanet to serve as the local authentication and
access control server.
- Server Share and Directory Layout
+ Server Share and Directory Layout
There are cardinal rules to effective network design. These can not be broken with impunity.
The most important rule: Simplicity is king in every well controlled network. Every part of
the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex it is, the greater will be the demand
@@ -14418,32 +14418,32 @@ Remember, job security through complex design and implementation may cause loss
and downtime to users as the new administrator learns to untangle your knots. Keep access
controls simple and effective and make sure that users will never be interrupted by stupid
complexity.
-
Logon scripts can help to ensure that all users gain share and printer connections they need.
Logon scripts can be created 'on-the-fly' so that all commands executed are specific to the
rights and priviliges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through
group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logon script using
-the root preexec parameters to the NETLOGON share.
+the root preexec parameters to the NETLOGON share.
Some sites prefer to use a tool such as kixstart to establish a controlled
user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls.
In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that
deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process.
- Profile Migration/Creation
+ Profile Migration/Creation
User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile
Management.
Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool profiles. This tool allows
the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file
to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain.
-
It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before
attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the
groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain AND to map these to
suitable Unix/Linux groups. By following this simple advice all user and group attributes
should migrate painlessly.
- Steps In Migration Process
+ Steps In Migration Process
The approximate migration process is described below.
You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated
@@ -14470,10 +14470,10 @@ net groupmap add ntgroup="QA Team" unixgroup=qateam type=d rid=3220
net groupmap list Now check that all groups are recognised
Now migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files.
-
Sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba based solution
generally fit into three basic categories.
- Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types Number of Users | Description |
---|
< 50 | Want simple conversion with NO pain | 50 - 250 | Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity | > 250 | Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas |
+ Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types Number of Users | Description |
---|
< 50 | Want simple conversion with NO pain | 50 - 250 | Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity | > 250 | Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas |
There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windows NT4
to Samba-3.
@@ -14492,7 +14492,7 @@ Minimise down-stream problems by:
Test ALL assumptions
Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment
-
Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices Simple | Upgraded | Redesign |
---|
Make use of minimal OS specific features | Translate NT4 features to new host OS features | Decide: | Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3 | Copy and improve: | Authentication Regime (database location and access) | Make least number of operational changes | Make progressive improvements | Desktop Management Methods | Take least amount of time to migrate | Minimise user impact | Better Control of Desktops / Users | Live versus Isolated Conversion | Maximise functionality | Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability | Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out) | Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity | |
Samba-3 Implementation Choices- Authentication database/back end:
+
Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices Simple | Upgraded | Redesign |
---|
Make use of minimal OS specific features | Translate NT4 features to new host OS features | Decide: | Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3 | Copy and improve: | Authentication Regime (database location and access) | Make least number of operational changes | Make progressive improvements | Desktop Management Methods | Take least amount of time to migrate | Minimise user impact | Better Control of Desktops / Users | Live versus Isolated Conversion | Maximise functionality | Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability | Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out) | Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity | |
Samba-3 Implementation Choices- Authentication database/back end:
Samba-3 can use an external authentication backend:
Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server) External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs
@@ -14513,7 +14513,7 @@ Minimise down-stream problems by:
Linux limit is 16 char, no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)
Migration Tools:
Domain Control (NT4 Style) Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security
Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)
- Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool
+ Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool
There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT.
No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains
an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration
@@ -14521,7 +14521,7 @@ of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has
sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state
of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password
management.
-
+
There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems
documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT
does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the
@@ -14533,7 +14533,7 @@ internal ordering.
So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with
a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there
and only non-default settings will be written to the file.
-
SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system
your UNIX/Linux system has you will have either an inetd or
xinetd based system.
@@ -14587,7 +14587,7 @@ So long as you log onto SWAT as the user rootHOME, GLOBALS, SHARES, PRINTERS,
WIZARD, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD.
- Securing SWAT through SSL
+ Securing SWAT through SSL
Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote
administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger
@@ -14612,7 +14612,7 @@ Modifications to the swat setup are as following:
afterwords simply contact to swat by using the URL https://myhost:901, accept the certificate
and the SSL connection is up.
-
The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for
each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this
document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba".
@@ -14627,7 +14627,7 @@ as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie:
changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privileges. The option that
creates this ability is the -a flag to swat. Do not use this in any
production environment.
-
The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters
in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters:
To affect a currently configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the
Choose Share and the Delete Share buttons,
select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the
@@ -14659,7 +14659,7 @@ select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the
To create a new share, next to the button labelled Create Share enter
into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the
Create Share button.
-
To affect a currently configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the
Choose Printer and the Delete Printer buttons,
select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the
@@ -14669,7 +14669,7 @@ select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on th
To create a new printer, next to the button labelled Create Printer enter
into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the
Create Printer button.
-
The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgeable network administrator
to configure Samba with a minimum of effort.
@@ -14685,7 +14685,7 @@ Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of ser
will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or
operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to expose (or not) user
home directories.
-
The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons.
The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: smbd, nmbd, winbindd.
@@ -14696,11 +14696,11 @@ conditions with minimal effort.
Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to
free files that may be locked.
-
This page allows the administrator to view the optimised smb.conf file and, if you are
particularly masochistic, will permit you also to see all possible global configuration
parameters and their settings.
-
The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation
and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use
this tool to change a local password for a user account.
@@ -14711,7 +14711,7 @@ required.
One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows
servers.
- Chapter 33. The Samba checklistChapter 33. The Samba checklist
This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your
Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem
is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests
@@ -14726,7 +14726,7 @@ to solve a problem.
If you send one of the samba mailing lists an email saying "it doesn't work"
and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised
if your email is ignored.
-
In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called
BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP.
@@ -14736,7 +14736,7 @@ It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your
smb.conf. I will assume this share is called tmp.
You can add a tmp share like this by adding the
following to smb.conf:
- Example 33.1. smb.conf with [tmp] share | [tmp] | comment = temporary files | path = /tmp | read only = yes |
+ Example 33.1. smb.conf with [tmp] share | [tmp] | comment = temporary files | path = /tmp | read only = yes |
Note
These tests assume version 3.0 or later of the samba suite.
Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions.
@@ -14749,7 +14749,7 @@ file points to name servers that really do exist.
Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check
that the settings for your smb.conf file results in dns proxy = no. The
best way to check this is with testparm smb.conf.
-
+
It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the
tail -F log_file_name in a separate
terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X).
@@ -14760,7 +14760,7 @@ depending on how or if you specified logging in your smb.co
If you make changes to your smb.conf file while going through these test,
don't forget to restart smbd and nmbd.
- Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server
+
Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server
In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command
testparm smb.conf. If it reports any errors then your smb.conf
configuration file is faulty.
@@ -14806,8 +14806,8 @@ that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that
it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN
state using netstat -a.
Note
-
-
+
+
Some Unix / Linux systems use xinetd in place of
inetd. Check your system documentation for the location
of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of
@@ -14829,15 +14829,15 @@ In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that
will automatically translate to the loopback adapter address 127.0.0.1.
To solve this problem change these lines to:
hosts deny = ALL | hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127. |
-Do not use the bind interfaces only parameter where you
+Do not use the bind interfaces only parameter where you
may wish to
use the samba password change facility, or where smbclient may need to
access a local service for name resolution or for local resource
-connections. (Note: the bind interfaces only parameter deficiency
+connections. (Note: the bind interfaces only parameter deficiency
where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be
fixed soon).
-
+
Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running
on port 139, such as Samba
(ie: smbd is running from inetd already) or
@@ -14880,7 +14880,7 @@ messages from several hosts.
If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then
nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its
automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the
-interfaces option in smb.conf to manually configure your IP
+interfaces option in smb.conf to manually configure your IP
address, broadcast and netmask.
If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to
@@ -14889,7 +14889,7 @@ subnet.
This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are
not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above).
-
+
Run the command smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP. You should
then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account
you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with
@@ -14910,11 +14910,11 @@ If it says bad password then the likely causes ar
you have shadow passwords (or some other password system) but didn't
compile in support for them in smbd
- your valid users configuration is incorrect
+ your valid users configuration is incorrect
- you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the password level option at a high enough level
+ you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the password level option at a high enough level
- the path line in smb.conf is incorrect. Check it with testparm
+ the path line in smb.conf is incorrect. Check it with testparm
you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users. Run smbpasswd -a username .
@@ -14966,13 +14966,13 @@ installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your hosts
and other config lines in smb.conf are correct.
It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to
-connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line user = username to the [tmp] section of
+connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line user = username to the [tmp] section of
smb.conf where username is the
username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this
fixes things you may need the username mapping option.
It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords
-and you have encrypt passwords = no in smb.conf
+and you have encrypt passwords = no in smb.conf
Turn it back on to fix.
Run the command nmblookup -M testgroup where
@@ -14983,7 +14983,7 @@ master browser for that workgroup.
If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to
see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after
that then look at the browsing options you have set in smb.conf. Make
-sure you have preferred master = yes to ensure that
+sure you have preferred master = yes to ensure that
an election is held at startup.
From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
@@ -14993,23 +14993,23 @@ of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid
password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it
is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password
capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set
-security = server AND
-password server = Windows_NT_Machine in your
-smb.conf file, or make sure encrypt passwords is
+security = server AND
+password server = Windows_NT_Machine in your
+smb.conf file, or make sure encrypt passwords is
set to "yes".
-
Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems
+ Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems
There are many sources of information available in the form
of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come
with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of
-general SMB topics such as browsing. With SMB networking, it is often not immediately clear what
+general SMB topics such as browsing. With SMB networking, it is often not immediately clear what
the cause is of a certain problem. Samba itself provides rather
useful information, but in some cases you might have to fall back
to using a sniffer. A sniffer is a program that
listens on your LAN, analyses the data sent on it and displays it
-on the screen. Debugging with Samba itself
+on the screen. Debugging with Samba itself
One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.
You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what
-debug level at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
+debug level at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and
smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug
level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
@@ -15030,17 +15030,17 @@ Some useful samba commands worth investigating:
$ testparm | more
$ smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}
- Tcpdump was the first
unix sniffer with SMB support. It is a command-line utility and
nowadays, it's SMB support is somewhat less then that of ethereal
-and tethereal.
Ethereal is a graphical
sniffer, available for both unix (Gtk) and Windows. Ethereal's
SMB support is very good. For details on the use of ethereal, read the well-written
ethereal User Guide.
Listen for data on ports 137, 138, 139 and 445. E.g.
use the filter port 137 or port 138 or port 139 or port 445. A console version of ethereal is available as well and is called
-tethereal. The Windows Network Monitor
+tethereal. The Windows Network Monitor
For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor
(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's,
the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of
@@ -15050,7 +15050,7 @@ The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring
of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the
local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
formatted files.
- Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation
+ Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation
Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple
of steps. The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes
with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT
@@ -15083,17 +15083,17 @@ Now copy the files from the NT Server in %SYSTEMROOT%\Syste
to %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* on the Workstation and set
permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need
administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon.
- Installing 'Network Monitor' on an 9x Workstation
+ Installing 'Network Monitor' on an 9x Workstation
To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent
from the Windows 9x CD (\admin\nettools\netmon). There is a readme
file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need
information on how to do this. Copy the files from a working
Netmon installation.
- Getting help from the mailing lists
+ ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/ Getting help from the mailing lists
There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to http://samba.org, click on your nearest mirror
and then click on Support and then click on
Samba related mailing lists.
@@ -15127,14 +15127,14 @@ error messages. (Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace (
the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well. Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email.
Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba
mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your
-smb.conf in their attach directory? How to get off the mailing listsTo have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the
+smb.conf in their attach directory? How to get off the mailing listsTo have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the
same place you went to to get on it. Go to http://lists.samba.org,
click on your nearest mirror and then click on Support and
then click on Samba related mailing lists.
Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just
be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...)
- Chapter 35. Reporting BugsPlease report bugs using
+ Chapter 35. Reporting BugsPlease report bugs using
bugzilla.
Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug
report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we
@@ -15156,7 +15156,7 @@ that list that may be able to help you.
You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives,
which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages
at http://samba.org/samba/.
-
Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly
errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that
you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config
@@ -15168,14 +15168,14 @@ This is very important.
If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to
annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the
time, and exactly what the results were.
-
If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a
server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably
be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and
10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level gives more
detail, but may use too much disk space.
-To set the debug level use the log level in your
+To set the debug level use the log level in your
smb.conf. You may also find it useful to set the log
level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine.
To do this add the following lines to your main smb.conf file:
@@ -15184,22 +15184,22 @@ then create a file
/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.machine where
machine is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file
put any smb.conf commands you want, for example
-log level may be useful. This also allows you to
+log level may be useful. This also allows you to
experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just
one machine.
-The smb.conf entry log level
-is synonymous with the parameter debuglevel that has
+The smb.conf entry log level
+is synonymous with the parameter debuglevel that has
been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards
compatibility of smb.conf files.
-As the log level value is increased you will record
+As the log level value is increased you will record
a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most
debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than
3. Nearly
all bugs can be tracked at a setting of 10, but be
prepared for a VERY large volume of log data.
-
If you get a INTERNAL ERROR message in your log files
it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a
segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless
@@ -15212,12 +15212,12 @@ include it in your bug report.
You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if
possible. Please make this reasonably detailed.
-
+
You may also find that a core file appeared in a corefiles
subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log
files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To
use it you do this:
-
+
$ gdb smbd core
adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you
@@ -15232,7 +15232,7 @@ disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly
where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you
don't know assembly, including this info in the bug report can be
useful.
- Attaching to a running process
+ Attaching to a running process
Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels)
refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd
does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach
@@ -15242,19 +15242,19 @@ to the running process using
Then use c to continue and try to cause the core dump
using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you
where it occurred.
-
The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us
patches please use diff -u format if your version of
diff supports it, otherwise use diff -c4. Make sure
you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know
exactly what version you used.
- Chapter 36. How to compile Samba
+ Chapter 36. How to compile Samba
You can obtain the samba source from the
samba website. To obtain a development version,
you can download samba from CVS or using rsync.
- Access Samba source code via CVS
+ Access Samba source code via CVS
Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS
(Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as
"commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can
@@ -15263,12 +15263,12 @@ detailed in this chapter.
This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at
http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html
-
The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS
repository for access to the source code of several packages,
including samba, rsync, distcc, ccache and jitterbug. There are two main ways
of accessing the CVS server on this host.
-
+
You can access the source code via your
favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of
individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision
@@ -15276,7 +15276,7 @@ history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff
listing between any two versions on the repository.
Use the URL : http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb
-
You can also access the source code via a
normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over what you can
do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees
@@ -15326,7 +15326,7 @@ on this system just substitute the correct package name
the following command from within the samba directory:
cvs update -d -P
- Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
+ Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS
tree at ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked and also via anonymous rsync at
rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp.
@@ -15335,7 +15335,7 @@ on this system just substitute the correct package name
The disadvantage of the unpacked trees is that they do not support automatic
merging of local changes like CVS does. rsync access is most convenient
for an initial install.
- Verifying Samba's PGP signature
+ Verifying Samba's PGP signature
In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP
signature for any source file before installing it. Even if you're not
downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP signatures should be a
@@ -15346,7 +15346,7 @@ With that said, go ahead and download the following files:
$ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc
$ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc
-
+
The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public
PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with:
@@ -15365,13 +15365,13 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key"
-
To do this, first run the program ./configure
in the source directory. This should automatically
configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual
needs then you may wish to run root# ./configure --help
first to see what special options you can enable.
- Then executing root# make will create the binaries. Once it's successfully
+ Then executing root# make will create the binaries. Once it's successfully
compiled you can use root# make install to install the binaries and manual pages. You can
separately install the binaries and/or man pages using root# make installbin
and root# make installman
@@ -15379,7 +15379,7 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of
the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You
can go back to the previous version withroot# make revert
- if you find this version a disaster! Compiling samba with Active Directory supportIn order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed
+ if you find this version a disaster! Compiling samba with Active Directory supportIn order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed
on your system: If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then
@@ -15391,12 +15391,12 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
#define HAVE_LDAP 1
If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or
your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure
- out why and fix it. Installing the required packages for DebianOn Debian you need to install the following packages:
+ out why and fix it. Installing the required packages for DebianOn Debian you need to install the following packages:
- Installing the required packages for RedHatOn RedHat this means you should have at least:
+ Installing the required packages for RedHatOn RedHat this means you should have at least:
krb5-workstation (for kinit) krb5-libs (for linking with) krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)
in addition to the standard development environment. Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need
- to get them off CD2. Starting the smbd and nmbdYou must choose to start smbd and nmbd either
+ to get them off CD2. Starting the smbd and nmbdYou must choose to start smbd and nmbd either
as daemons or from inetd. Don't try
to do both! Either you can put them in
inetd.conf and have them started on demand
@@ -15409,7 +15409,7 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
Samba. In many cases you must be root. The main advantage of starting smbd
and nmbd using the recommended daemon method
is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection
- request. NoteThe following will be different if
+ request. NoteThe following will be different if
you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps. Look at your /etc/services.
What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined
then add a line like this: netbios-ssn 139/tcp similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like: netbios-ns 137/udp Next edit your /etc/inetd.conf
@@ -15418,13 +15418,13 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd
The exact syntax of /etc/inetd.conf
varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf
- for a guide. Some distributions use xinetd instead of inetd. Consult the
+ for a guide. Some distributions use xinetd instead of inetd. Consult the
xinetd manual for configuration information. NoteSome unixes already have entries like netbios_ns
(note the underscore) in /etc/services.
You must either edit /etc/services or
/etc/inetd.conf to make them consistent.
- NoteOn many systems you may need to use the
- interfaces option in smb.conf to specify the IP
+ NoteOn many systems you may need to use the
+ interfaces option in smb.conf to specify the IP
address and netmask of your interfaces. Run
ifconfig
as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your
@@ -15437,7 +15437,7 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
from inetd. Restart inetd, perhaps just send
it a HUP.
root# killall -HUP inetd
- Alternative: starting it as a daemonTo start the server as a daemon you should create
+ Alternative: starting it as a daemonTo start the server as a daemon you should create
a script something like this one, perhaps calling
it startsmb.
#!/bin/sh
@@ -15449,9 +15449,9 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
To kill it send a kill signal to the processes
nmbd and smbd. NoteIf you use the SVR4 style init system then
you may like to look at the examples/svr4-startup
- script to make Samba fit into that system. Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the
+ script to make Samba fit into that system. Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the
platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains
-platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.
+platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.
HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for
hysterical reasons). There are two group files, /etc/group and
/etc/logingroup; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but
@@ -15471,7 +15471,7 @@ allowed range.
On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP ANSI compiler. The free compiler
that comes with HP-UX is not ANSI compliant and cannot compile
Samba.
-
If you run an old version of SCO UNIX then you may need to get important
TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may
encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.
@@ -15479,7 +15479,7 @@ encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.
The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from
SCO (ftp.sco.com, directory SLS,
files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z).
-
DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are
needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX
C library for some reason.
@@ -15538,7 +15538,7 @@ LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln
You should then remove the line:
#define NO_EID
- from the DNIX section of includes.h RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II
+ from the DNIX section of includes.h RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II
By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an
entry to /etc/hosts as follows:
@@ -15552,10 +15552,10 @@ is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser.
Corrective Action: Delete the entry after the word loopback
in the line starting 127.0.0.1
-
Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using vmtune -r 0 improves
Samba performance significantly.
- Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl
+ Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl
when running Samba on Solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was
not scalable. Performance would degrade to the point where processes would
get into loops of trying to lock a file. It would try a lock, then fail,
@@ -15576,9 +15576,9 @@ and rebuild samba.
Nsswitch on Solaris 9 refuses to use the winbind nss module. This behavior
is fixed by Sun in patch 113476-05 which as of March 2003 is not in any
roll-up packages.
- Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clientsThis chapter contains client-specific information. Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clientsThis chapter contains client-specific information.
Yes. Thursby now has a CIFS Client / Server called DAVE
They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for
@@ -15598,7 +15598,7 @@ What Samba offers MS
Windows users, these packages offer to Macs. For more info on these
packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html
- Newer versions of the Macintosh (Mac OS X) include Samba. Configuring OS/2 Warp Connect or
+Newer versions of the Macintosh (Mac OS X) include Samba. Configuring OS/2 Warp Connect or
OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for SambaBasically, you need three components: The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer') TCP/IP ('Internet support') The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')
Installing the first two together with the base operating
system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp
has already been installed, but you now want to install the
@@ -15614,7 +15614,7 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS
Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you
may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on
- the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above. Configuring OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect),
+ the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is
+ Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is
world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note
that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need
to use the original install files, and not copy an installed
driver from an OS/2 system. Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then,
- add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = filename. Then, in the file
+ add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = filename. Then, in the file
specified by filename, map the
name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as
follows: nt driver name = os2 driver name.device name, e.g.:
@@ -15645,7 +15645,7 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it
will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name
to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt.
- Latest TCP/IP stack from MicrosoftUse the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows
+ Latest TCP/IP stack from MicrosoftUse the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows
for Workgroups.
The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.
Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit
@@ -15660,7 +15660,7 @@ fixed. New files include WINSOCK.DLL,
TRACERT.EXE,
NETSTAT.EXE, and
NBTSTAT.EXE.
- Delete .pwl files after password change
+ Delete .pwl files after password change
WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my
password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to
delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password.
@@ -15669,19 +15669,19 @@ If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old
password, even if you told it a new one.
Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box.
- Configuring WfW password handling
+ Configuring WfW password handling
There is a program call admincfg.exe
on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it
type EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE.
Then add an icon
for it via the Program Manager Menu.
This program allows you to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc
-for use with security = user
- Case handling of passwordsWindows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the smb.conf information on password level to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking. Use TCP/IP as default protocolTo support print queue reporting you may find
+for use with security = user
+ Case handling of passwordsWindows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the smb.conf information on password level to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking. Use TCP/IP as default protocolTo support print queue reporting you may find
that you have to use TCP/IP as the default protocol under
WfWg. For some reason if you leave NetBEUI as the default
it may break the print queue reporting on some systems.
-It is presumably a WfWg bug.
+It is presumably a WfWg bug.
Note that some people have found that setting DefaultRcvWindow in
the [MSTCP] section of the
SYSTEM.INI file under WfWg to 3072 gives a
@@ -15692,7 +15692,7 @@ performance with a large value (16384 or larger). Other people have
reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enormously. One
person even reported a speed drop of a factor of 30 when he went from
3072 to 8192. I don't know why.
-
When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba
is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these
updates have been installed.
@@ -15706,11 +15706,11 @@ install the OLEUPD.EXE fix. This
fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting
Outlook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network
neighborhood services.
-
+
Configure the win95 TCPIP registry settings to give better
performance. I use a program called MTUSPEED.exe which I got off the
net. There are various other utilities of this type freely available.
- Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
+ Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which
only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles
to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain. This assumes
@@ -15719,7 +15719,7 @@ likely occur if it is not.
In order to serve profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2
clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have
-nt acl support = no
+nt acl support = no
added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles.
If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will
complain about not being able to access the profile (Access
@@ -15727,11 +15727,11 @@ Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001,
DOMAIN.user.002, etc...). See the
smb.conf man page
for more details on this option. Also note that the
-nt acl support parameter was formally a global parameter in
+nt acl support parameter was formally a global parameter in
releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.
The following is a minimal profile share:
- Example 38.1. Minimal profile share | [profile] | path = /export/profile | create mask = 0600 | directory mask = 0700 | nt acl support = no | read only = no |
+ Example 38.1. Minimal profile share | [profile] | path = /export/profile | create mask = 0600 | directory mask = 0700 | nt acl support = no | read only = no |
The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies
the security descriptor for the profile which contains
the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID. The client
@@ -15739,15 +15739,15 @@ compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is
different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user. Hence the reason
for the access denied message.
-By disabling the nt acl support parameter, Samba will send
+By disabling the nt acl support parameter, Samba will send
the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor
trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL
for the profile. This default ACL includes
DOMAIN\user "Full Control"> NoteThis bug does not occur when using winbind to
-create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users. If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows
+create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users. Chapter 39. Samba Performance TuningPaul CochraneDundee Limb Fitting Centre
Chapter 39. Samba Performance TuningPaul CochraneDundee Limb Fitting Centre
The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are
trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to
programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available
@@ -15769,14 +15769,14 @@ suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the
hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar
hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other
systems.
-
There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the
performance of a TCP based server like Samba.
The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command
line with the -O option, or in the smb.conf file.
-The socket options section of the smb.conf manual page describes how
+The socket options section of the smb.conf manual page describes how
to set these and gives recommendations.
Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your
@@ -15785,11 +15785,11 @@ much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network.
The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the
biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that
-adding socket options = TCP_NODELAY doubles the read
+adding socket options = TCP_NODELAY doubles the read
performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is
that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs.
-
-The option read size affects the overlap of disk
+
+The option read size affects the overlap of disk
reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being
transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and
SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing
@@ -15805,10 +15805,10 @@ The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been
done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best
value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is
pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily.
-
At startup the client and server negotiate a maximum transmit size,
which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the
-maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the max xmit option
+maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the max xmit option
in smb.conf. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that
Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept.
The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba
@@ -15819,41 +15819,41 @@ clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values
of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems.
In most cases the default is the best option.
-
-If you set the log level (also known as debug level) higher than 2
+
+If you set the log level (also known as debug level) higher than 2
then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the
server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very
expensive.
-
-The read raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
+
+The read raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
file read operation. A server may choose to not support it,
-however. and Samba makes support for read raw optional, with it
+however. and Samba makes support for read raw optional, with it
being enabled by default.
-In some cases clients don't handle read raw very well and actually
+In some cases clients don't handle read raw very well and actually
get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional
read operations.
-So you might like to try read raw = no and see what happens on your
+So you might like to try read raw = no and see what happens on your
network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only
testing can really tell.
-
-The write raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
+
+The write raw operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
file write operation. A server may choose to not support it,
-however. and Samba makes support for write raw optional, with it
+however. and Samba makes support for write raw optional, with it
being enabled by default.
-Some machines may find write raw slower than normal write, in which
+Some machines may find write raw slower than normal write, in which
case you may wish to change this option.
-
Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using
-the lowest practical password level will improve things.
-
+the lowest practical password level will improve things.
+
Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for
example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP
performance. Check the sections on the various clients in
Samba and Other Clients.
- Samba performance problem due changing kernel
+ Samba performance problem due changing kernel
Hi everyone. I am running Gentoo on my server and samba 2.2.8a. Recently
I changed kernel version from linux-2.4.19-gentoo-r10 to
linux-2.4.20-wolk4.0s. And now I have performance issue with samba. Ok
@@ -15868,7 +15868,7 @@ Grab mii-tool and check the duplex settings on the NIC.
My guess is that it is a link layer issue, not an application
layer problem. Also run ifconfig and verify that the framing
error, collisions, etc... look normal for ethernet.
-
Well today it happened, Our first major problem using samba.
Our samba PDC server has been hosting 3 TB of data to our 500+ users
[Windows NT/XP] for the last 3 years using samba, no problem.
@@ -15886,10 +15886,10 @@ Q2) What I also would like to mention is that the service latency seems
a lot lower then before the locks cleanup, any ideas on keeping it top notch?
A2) Yes! Same answer as for Q1!
- Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration GuideChapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide
This chapter did not make it into this release.
It is planned for the published release of this document.
- Chapter 41. Further ResourcesChapter 41. Further ResourcesRelated updates from MicrosoftRelated updates from MicrosoftSymbols- "Domain Admins" group, Discussion
- "Domain Users" group, Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group
- "Printers" folder, Caveats to be considered, Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- "raw" printing, CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
-with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
- /etc/host.conf, /etc/host.conf
- /etc/hosts, /etc/hosts
- /etc/nsswitch.conf, /etc/nsswitch.conf
- 8.3
- file names, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
A- ACLs, File, Directory and Share Access Controls
- Active Directory, Samba ADS Domain Membership
- add group script, Adding Groups Fails
- add machine script, The machine trust account not accessible, Adding Machine to Domain Fails
- add printer command, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
- add printer wizard, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
- add user script, Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
- addprinter command, Parameters Recommended for Use
- admin users, User and Group Based Controls, I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
- Administrator, Discussion
- ADS (see Active Directory)
- ads server, Setup your smb.conf
- application/cups.vnd-postscript, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
-Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
- application/octet-stream, Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
-application/octet-stream!, MIME type Conversion Rules, "application/octet-stream" printing
- application/pdf, MIME types and CUPS Filters
- application/postscript, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
-Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
- application/vnd.cups-raster, PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
- application/vnd.cups-raw, Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
-application/octet-stream!
- auth methods, auth methods does not work, Passdb Backends and Authentication
C- case sensitive, Miscellaneous Controls, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
- chpass, Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
- comment, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
- configure, Building the Binaries
- connections.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- core files, Internal errors
- create mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- csc policy, Miscellaneous Controls
- CUPS
- Page Accounting, Page Accounting with CUPS
- quotas, Setting up Quotas
- CUPS-PPD, cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
- cupsaddsmb, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one, cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility, Caveats to be considered, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC, cupsaddsmb Flowchart
- cupsomatic, CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
-native CUPS printing, cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
- CVS, Access Samba source code via CVS
- web, Access via CVSweb
D- daemon, Alternative: starting it as a daemon
- DDK, PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel
-Mode, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
- debug, Internal errors
- debug level, Debugging with Samba itself, Log level
- debuglevel, Debug levels
- default case, Miscellaneous Controls
- delete printer command, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
- deleteprinter command, Parameters Recommended for Use
- DHCP, Background Information
- diff, Patches
- directory mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- directory security mask, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- disable spoolss, Parameters Recommended for Use
- display charset, Samba and charsets
- DNS, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS, DNS Lookup
- Active Directory, DNS and Active Directory
- Dynamic, Background Information
- dns proxy, What is Browsing?
- domain admin group, Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
- domain logons, Preparing for Domain Control
- domain master, Domain Network Logon Service, Example Configuration, What is Browsing?, Making Samba the domain master
- dont descend, Miscellaneous Controls
- dos charset, Samba and charsets, Japanese charsets, CP850.so can't be found
- dos filemode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- dos filetime resolution, Miscellaneous Controls
- dos filetimes, Miscellaneous Controls
E- EMF, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server, Driver Execution on the Server
- encrypt passwords, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database, smb.conf PAM Configuration, The tests
- enhanced browsing, What is Browsing?
- enumports command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Samba and Printer Ports
- EPM (see ESP meta packager)
- ESC/P, Driver Execution on the Server
- ESP
- Ghostscript, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
-native CUPS printing
- meta packager, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
- Print Pro, Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs, ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for
-WinNT/2k/XP"
- Extended Attributes, File, Directory and Share Access Controls
F- fake oplocks, Miscellaneous Controls
- File System, File System Access Controls
- foomatic, CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
-native CUPS printing, foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained, Foomatic's strange Name
- foomatic-rip, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
-native CUPS printing, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org, foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained, The Grand Unification
-achieved...
- force create mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- force directory mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- force directory security mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- force group, User and Group Based Controls
- force security mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- force user, User and Group Based Controls, I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!, Beware of Force User
- ftp, Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
G- gdb, Internal errors
- GDI, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server, Driver Execution on the Server
- GhostScript, PostScript and Ghostscript, Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
- (see also PostScript)
- Ghostscript
- ESP (see ESP GhostScript)
- GID, Features and Benefits
- GPG, Verifying Samba's PGP signature
- groupadd, Features and Benefits
- groupdel, Features and Benefits
- groups
- domain, Discussion
- mapping, Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
- nested, Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
- guest account, Problem resolution, My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources", The [printers] Section
- guest ok, User and Group Based Controls, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
H- hide dot files, Miscellaneous Controls
- hide files, Miscellaneous Controls
- hide unreadable, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- hide unwriteable files, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- host msdfs, Features and Benefits
- hosts allow, Using host based protection, Parameters Recommended for Use, Any [my_printer_name] Section
- hosts deny, Using host based protection, Parameters Recommended for Use, Any [my_printer_name] Section
I- idmap gid, Features and Benefits, Winbind is not resolving users and groups
- idmap uid, Features and Benefits, Winbind is not resolving users and groups
- ifconfig, Starting from inetd.conf
- imprints, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
- inetd, The tests, Starting the smbd and nmbd, Starting from inetd.conf
- Interdomain Trusts, Interdomain Trust Relationships
- completing, Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
- creating, Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
- Facilities, Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
- interfaces, Multiple interfaces, The tests, Starting from inetd.conf
- invalid users, User and Group Based Controls
- IPP, Understanding cupsaddsmb
L- ldap admin dn, Configuring Samba
- ldap delete dn, Configuring Samba
- ldap filter, Configuring Samba
- ldap machine suffix, Configuring Samba
- ldap passwd sync, Configuring Samba, Password synchronisation
- ldap ssl, Configuring Samba, Security and sambaSamAccount
- ldap suffix, Configuring Samba
- ldap trust ids, Configuring Samba
- ldap user suffix, Configuring Samba
- libnss_wins.so, /etc/nsswitch.conf
- Links
- hard, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
- soft, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
- Linuxprinting.org, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
- lm announce, What is Browsing?
- lm interval, What is Browsing?
- LMB (see Local Master Browser)
- LMHOSTS, The LMHOSTS file
- load printers, Parameters Recommended for Use, A little Experiment to warn you, The [global] Section
- local master, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
- Local Master Browser, Use of the Remote Announce parameter
- locking, Discussion
- locking.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- log files
- monitoring, Assumptions
- log level, Adding Machine to Domain Fails, extd_audit, Debug levels
- logon drive, Windows NT4 Workstation
- logon home, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Windows 9x / Me User Profiles, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
- logon path, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
- logon script, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts
- lpadmin, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org, Setting up Quotas
- lppause command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions
- lpq cache time, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
- lpq command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lpresume command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lprm command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lpstat, Troubleshooting revisited
M- MAC Addresses, /etc/hosts
- machine trust accounts, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
- creating, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
- make, Building the Binaries
- mangling method, Japanese charsets
- map to guest, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW, Can't reconnect to Samba under new account
- from Win2K/XP, Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
- "wrong" user
- max print jobs, Parameters Recommended for Use
- max xmit, Max xmit
- messages.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- MIME, MIME types and CUPS Filters, MIME type Conversion Rules, Filter Requirements, "application/octet-stream" printing
- min print space, Parameters Recommended for Use
- msdfs root, Features and Benefits
N- name resolve order, What is Browsing?
- nbtstat, The NetBIOS Name Cache
- NetBIOS, Features and Benefits, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS, Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba, Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
- NetBIOS-less, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
- nmblookup, The NetBIOS Name Cache
- nt acl support, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Viewing file ownership, Viewing File or Directory Permissions, Modifying file or directory permissions, Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
- ntdrivers.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- ntforms.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- NTFS, File System Access Controls
- ntprinters.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
O- obey pam restrictions, smb.conf PAM Configuration
- only user, User and Group Based Controls, Why can users access home directories of other users?
- oplock break wait time, Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters, Disabling Kernel OpLocks
- oplock contention limit, Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters
- os level, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing, Setting up DOMAIN Browsing, Forcing Samba to be the master, Making Samba the domain master
- os2 driver map, Parameters Recommended for Use, Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?
P- page_log, The page_log File Syntax
- passdb backend, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts, Account Information Databases, Technical Information, The pdbedit Command, Configuring Samba, Configuring, Users can not logon, auth methods does not work, Passdb Backends and Authentication
- password level, Password checking, The tests, Case handling of passwords, Slow Logins
- password server, Server Security (User Level Security), Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, The tests
- patch, Patches
- path, "The network name cannot be found", The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Print Commands, Creating the [print$] Share, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Subdirectory Structure in [print$], Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS, Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files, Permissions on
+
Symbols- "Domain Admins" group, Discussion
- "Domain Users" group, Adding Domain Users to the Power Users group
- "Printers" folder, Caveats to be considered, Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- "raw" printing, CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
+with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
- /etc/host.conf, /etc/host.conf
- /etc/hosts, /etc/hosts
- /etc/nsswitch.conf, /etc/nsswitch.conf
- 8.3
- file names, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
A- ACLs, File, Directory and Share Access Controls
- Active Directory, Samba ADS Domain Membership
- add group script, Adding Groups Fails
- add machine script, The machine trust account not accessible, Adding Machine to Domain Fails
- add printer command, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
- add printer wizard, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
- add user script, Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX
- addprinter command, Parameters Recommended for Use
- admin users, User and Group Based Controls, I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!
- Administrator, Discussion
- ADS (see Active Directory)
- ads server, Setup your smb.conf
- application/cups.vnd-postscript, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
+Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
- application/octet-stream, Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
+application/octet-stream!, MIME type Conversion Rules, "application/octet-stream" printing
- application/pdf, MIME types and CUPS Filters
- application/postscript, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
+Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver
- application/vnd.cups-raster, PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers
- application/vnd.cups-raw, Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
+application/octet-stream!
- auth methods, auth methods does not work, Passdb Backends and Authentication
C- case sensitive, Miscellaneous Controls, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
- chpass, Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
- comment, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
- configure, Building the Binaries
- connections.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- core files, Internal errors
- create mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- csc policy, Miscellaneous Controls
- CUPS
- Page Accounting, Page Accounting with CUPS
- quotas, Setting up Quotas
- CUPS-PPD, cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
- cupsaddsmb, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one, cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility, Caveats to be considered, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC, cupsaddsmb Flowchart
- cupsomatic, CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
+native CUPS printing, cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic
- CVS, Access Samba source code via CVS
- web, Access via CVSweb
D- daemon, Alternative: starting it as a daemon
- DDK, PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel
+Mode, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
- debug, Internal errors
- debug level, Debugging with Samba itself, Log level
- debuglevel, Debug levels
- default case, Miscellaneous Controls
- delete printer command, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
- deleteprinter command, Parameters Recommended for Use
- DHCP, Background Information
- diff, Patches
- directory mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- directory security mask, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- disable spoolss, Parameters Recommended for Use
- display charset, Samba and charsets
- DNS, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS, DNS Lookup
- Active Directory, DNS and Active Directory
- Dynamic, Background Information
- dns proxy, What is Browsing?
- domain admin group, Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
- domain logons, Preparing for Domain Control
- domain master, Domain Network Logon Service, Example Configuration, What is Browsing?, Making Samba the domain master
- dont descend, Miscellaneous Controls
- dos charset, Samba and charsets, Japanese charsets, CP850.so can't be found
- dos filemode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- dos filetime resolution, Miscellaneous Controls
- dos filetimes, Miscellaneous Controls
E- EMF, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server, Driver Execution on the Server
- encrypt passwords, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database, smb.conf PAM Configuration, The tests
- enhanced browsing, What is Browsing?
- enumports command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Samba and Printer Ports
- EPM (see ESP meta packager)
- ESC/P, Driver Execution on the Server
- ESP
- Ghostscript, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
+native CUPS printing
- meta packager, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
- Print Pro, Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs, ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for
+WinNT/2k/XP"
- Extended Attributes, File, Directory and Share Access Controls
F- fake oplocks, Miscellaneous Controls
- File System, File System Access Controls
- foomatic, CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs, The CUPS Filtering Architecture, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
+native CUPS printing, foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained, Foomatic's strange Name
- foomatic-rip, Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and
+native CUPS printing, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org, foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained, The Grand Unification
+achieved...
- force create mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- force directory mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- force directory security mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- force group, User and Group Based Controls
- force security mode, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
+ parameters
- force user, User and Group Based Controls, I have set force user but Samba still makes root the owner of all the files I touch!, Beware of Force User
- ftp, Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
G- gdb, Internal errors
- GDI, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server, Driver Execution on the Server
- GhostScript, PostScript and Ghostscript, Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers
- (see also PostScript)
- Ghostscript
- ESP (see ESP GhostScript)
- GID, Features and Benefits
- GPG, Verifying Samba's PGP signature
- groupadd, Features and Benefits
- groupdel, Features and Benefits
- groups
- domain, Discussion
- mapping, Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups
- nested, Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails
- guest account, Problem resolution, My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources", The [printers] Section
- guest ok, User and Group Based Controls, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
H- hide dot files, Miscellaneous Controls
- hide files, Miscellaneous Controls
- hide unreadable, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- hide unwriteable files, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls
- host msdfs, Features and Benefits
- hosts allow, Using host based protection, Parameters Recommended for Use, Any [my_printer_name] Section
- hosts deny, Using host based protection, Parameters Recommended for Use, Any [my_printer_name] Section
I- idmap gid, Features and Benefits, Winbind is not resolving users and groups
- idmap uid, Features and Benefits, Winbind is not resolving users and groups
- ifconfig, Starting from inetd.conf
- imprints, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one
- inetd, The tests, Starting the smbd and nmbd, Starting from inetd.conf
- Interdomain Trusts, Interdomain Trust Relationships
- completing, Completing an NT4 Domain Trust
- creating, Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration
- Facilities, Inter-Domain Trust Facilities
- interfaces, Multiple interfaces, The tests, Starting from inetd.conf
- invalid users, User and Group Based Controls
- IPP, Understanding cupsaddsmb
L- ldap admin dn, Configuring Samba
- ldap delete dn, Configuring Samba
- ldap filter, Configuring Samba
- ldap machine suffix, Configuring Samba
- ldap passwd sync, Configuring Samba, Password synchronisation
- ldap ssl, Configuring Samba, Security and sambaSamAccount
- ldap suffix, Configuring Samba
- ldap trust ids, Configuring Samba
- ldap user suffix, Configuring Samba
- libnss_wins.so, /etc/nsswitch.conf
- Links
- hard, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
- soft, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
- Linuxprinting.org, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org
- lm announce, What is Browsing?
- lm interval, What is Browsing?
- LMB (see Local Master Browser)
- LMHOSTS, The LMHOSTS file
- load printers, Parameters Recommended for Use, A little Experiment to warn you, The [global] Section
- local master, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing
- Local Master Browser, Use of the Remote Announce parameter
- locking, Discussion
- locking.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- log files
- monitoring, Assumptions
- log level, Adding Machine to Domain Fails, extd_audit, Debug levels
- logon drive, Windows NT4 Workstation
- logon home, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Windows 9x / Me User Profiles, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
- logon path, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts, Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup, Windows NT4 Workstation, Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations
- logon script, LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts
- lpadmin, CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org, Setting up Quotas
- lppause command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions
- lpq cache time, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
- lpq command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lpresume command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lprm command, Parameters Recommended for Use, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, Pre-conditions
- lpstat, Troubleshooting revisited
M- MAC Addresses, /etc/hosts
- machine trust accounts, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
- creating, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts
- make, Building the Binaries
- mangling method, Japanese charsets
- map to guest, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW, Can't reconnect to Samba under new account
+ from Win2K/XP, Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
+ "wrong" user
- max print jobs, Parameters Recommended for Use
- max xmit, Max xmit
- messages.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- MIME, MIME types and CUPS Filters, MIME type Conversion Rules, Filter Requirements, "application/octet-stream" printing
- min print space, Parameters Recommended for Use
- msdfs root, Features and Benefits
N- name resolve order, What is Browsing?
- nbtstat, The NetBIOS Name Cache
- NetBIOS, Features and Benefits, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS, Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba, Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking
- NetBIOS-less, TCP/IP - without NetBIOS
- nmblookup, The NetBIOS Name Cache
- nt acl support, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Viewing file ownership, Viewing File or Directory Permissions, Modifying file or directory permissions, Windows 2000 Service Pack 2
- ntdrivers.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- ntforms.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- NTFS, File System Access Controls
- ntprinters.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
O- obey pam restrictions, smb.conf PAM Configuration
- only user, User and Group Based Controls, Why can users access home directories of other users?
- oplock break wait time, Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters, Disabling Kernel OpLocks
- oplock contention limit, Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters
- os level, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing, Setting up DOMAIN Browsing, Forcing Samba to be the master, Making Samba the domain master
- os2 driver map, Parameters Recommended for Use, Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?
P- page_log, The page_log File Syntax
- passdb backend, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts, Account Information Databases, Technical Information, The pdbedit Command, Configuring Samba, Configuring, Users can not logon, auth methods does not work, Passdb Backends and Authentication
- password level, Password checking, The tests, Case handling of passwords, Slow Logins
- password server, Server Security (User Level Security), Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, The tests
- patch, Patches
- path, "The network name cannot be found", The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Print Commands, Creating the [print$] Share, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Subdirectory Structure in [print$], Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS, Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files, Permissions on
/var/spool/samba/ get reset after each
-reboot, The tests
- PCL, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics, Driver Execution on the Server, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
-PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs
- PDF, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF, PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification
- pdf, MIME type Conversion Rules
- PDL, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, PostScript and Ghostscript
- PJL, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
-PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs, Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
-Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver, Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients
- point and print, Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients, Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one, cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- PostScript, Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing
-with PostScript Driver Download, GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX, UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics, PostScript and Ghostscript, Prefilters, Driver Execution on the Server, Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
-PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs, CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?, CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"
- (see also Ghostscript)
- RIP, PostScript and Ghostscript
- PPD, PostScript and Ghostscript, PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification, PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers, PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX, PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows, CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?, Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client
- CUPS (see CUPS-PPD)
- preferred master, What is Browsing?, Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing, Forcing Samba to be the master, Making Samba the domain master, The tests
- preserve case, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
- print command, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Setting up your own Print Commands, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions, Manual Configuration
- print ok , Parameters Recommended for Use
- printable, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section
- printcap, Parameters Recommended for Use, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Basic Configuration of CUPS support, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, More complex smb.conf Settings for
-CUPS, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions
- printcap name, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
- printer, Parameters Recommended for Use
- printer admin, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section, Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI, IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers, Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin", Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW, More complex smb.conf Settings for
-CUPS, What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Print options for all users can't be set on Win2K/XP
- printer name, Parameters Recommended for Use
- printing, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems, Setting up your own Print Commands, Basic Configuration of CUPS support, Linking of smbd with libcups.so, More complex smb.conf Settings for
-CUPS, From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server, Pre-conditions, Manual Configuration
- printing.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- PrintPro (see ESP Print Pro)
- public, The [printers] Section
R- read list, User and Group Based Controls
- read only, Miscellaneous Controls, The [printers] Section, Parameters in the [print$] Section
- read raw, Read raw
- read size, Read size
- remote announce, NetBIOS over TCP/IP, How Browsing Functions, Use of the Remote Announce parameter, Browsing support in Samba
- remote browse sync, NetBIOS over TCP/IP, How Browsing Functions, Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter
- root preexec, Logon Scripts
- rpcclient
- adddriver, Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
-rpcclient), Understanding the rpcclient man page, What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- enumdrivers, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
-rpcclient), Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- enumports, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
-rpcclient)
- enumprinters, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
-rpcclient), What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps, Troubleshooting revisited
- getdriver, Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- getprinter, Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps, Troubleshooting revisited
- setdriver, Caveats to be considered, Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output, Understanding cupsaddsmb, Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using
-rpcclient), What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed, Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps
- rsync, Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp
S- secrets.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- security, Samba Security Modes, Domain Security Mode (User Level Security), Server Security (User Level Security), What makes Samba a SERVER?, What makes Samba a Domain Controller?, What makes Samba a Domain Member?, Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server, Preparing for Domain Control, Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, Why is this better than security = server?, Setup your smb.conf, Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode), "cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in
- neverending loop, Passdb Backends and Authentication, The tests, Configuring WfW password handling
- security mask, File and Directory Permissions Based Controls, Interaction with the standard Samba create mask
- parameters
- Server Manager, MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts, Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
- sessionid.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- share_info.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- short preserve case, Miscellaneous Controls, Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup
- Short-Cuts, MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems
- show add printer wizard, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section, Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW
- SID, Features and Benefits
- Single Sign On, Caveats to be considered
- smbclient, Testing with smbclient, The tests
- socket options, Socket options
- spooling
- central, Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
- peer-to-peer, Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing
- spooling-only, CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
-with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients
- strict locking, Discussion
U- UDP, NetBIOS over TCP/IP
- UID, Features and Benefits
- unexpected.tdb, The printing *.tdb Files
- (see also TDB)
- unix charset, Samba and charsets, Japanese charsets
- use client driver, Parameters Recommended for Use, The [global] Section
- user, Share Level Security, The tests
- User Manager, Samba as the Trusted Domain, Samba as the Trusting Domain
- useradd, Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts
- username, User and Group Based Controls
- username level, Password checking
- username map, Windows 200x XP Professional
W- winbind separator, Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!
- WINS, What is Browsing?, NetBIOS over TCP/IP, WINS Lookup
- wins hook, What is Browsing?
- wins proxy, What is Browsing?
- wins server, What is Browsing?, WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server, Setting up a WINS server
- wins support, What is Browsing?, WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server, Setting up a WINS server
- workgroup, Security Mode and Master Browsers, Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3, Browsing support in Samba
- write list, User and Group Based Controls, Parameters in the [print$] Section
- write raw, Write raw
- writeable, The [printers] Section, Any [my_printer_name] Section
- WYSIWYG, Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF
|
|
|
|
|